[gnome-devel-docs] Updated German translation
- From: Damned-Lies <translations src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gnome-devel-docs] Updated German translation
- Date: Wed, 30 Sep 2015 20:55:54 +0000 (UTC)
commit 4419d5c6cc792191d634ca9522bf6a3a867fe944
Author: Wolfgang Stöggl <c72578 yahoo de>
Date: Wed Sep 30 20:55:48 2015 +0000
Updated German translation
hig/de/de.po | 6531 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------------
1 files changed, 3661 insertions(+), 2870 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/hig/de/de.po b/hig/de/de.po
index 2a7fead..fa0ac27 100644
--- a/hig/de/de.po
+++ b/hig/de/de.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gnome-devel-docs master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-05 18:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-30 19:30+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-06 00:46+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Christian Kirbach <christian kirbach gmail com>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <gnome-de gnome org>\n"
@@ -37,38 +37,50 @@ msgstr "Christian Kirbach <christian kirbach gmail com>, 2014"
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/action-bars.page:16
+#: C/action-bars.page:18
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+#| "md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/action-bar.svg' "
-"md5='921589af646dfe99ee3755ea2bf8bf2e'"
+"md5='02ad08b5400b1c64273fde96008043f6'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/action-bars.page:8
+msgid "Bottom bar that contains actions"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/action-bars.page:8 C/application-basics.page:7 C/application-menus.page:8
-#: C/button-menus.page:7 C/buttons.page:7 C/check-boxes.page:7
-#: C/compatibility.page:7 C/design-principles.page:7 C/dialogs.page:8
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:7 C/essentials.page:7 C/grids.page:8
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:8 C/header-bars.page:8 C/icons-and-artwork.page:7
-#: C/index.page:7 C/keyboard-input.page:7 C/lists.page:8 C/menu-bars.page:7
-#: C/menus.page:7 C/notifications.page:8 C/patterns.page:7
-#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:7 C/popovers.page:7 C/primary-windows.page:8
-#: C/progress-bars.page:7 C/progress-spinners.page:7 C/radio-buttons.page:7
-#: C/search.page:8 C/selection-mode.page:8 C/sidebar-lists.page:8
-#: C/sliders.page:7 C/spin-boxes.page:7 C/switches.page:7 C/tabs.page:7
-#: C/text-fields.page:7 C/toolbars.page:7 C/typography.page:7
-#: C/ui-elements.page:7 C/view-switchers.page:8 C/visual-layout.page:7
-#: C/writing-style.page:7
+#: C/action-bars.page:10 C/application-basics.page:7 C/application-menus.page:9
+#: C/button-menus.page:8 C/buttons.page:8 C/check-boxes.page:8
+#: C/compatibility.page:7 C/design-principles.page:7 C/dialogs.page:9
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:7 C/drop-down-lists.page:8
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:10 C/grids.page:10 C/header-bar-menus.page:10
+#: C/header-bars.page:10 C/icons-and-artwork.page:7 C/index.page:8
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:10 C/info-bars.page:10 C/keyboard-input.page:7
+#: C/lists.page:10 C/menu-bars.page:8 C/menus.page:8 C/notifications.page:10
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:9 C/patterns.page:7
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:7 C/popovers.page:8 C/primary-windows.page:9
+#: C/progress-bars.page:8 C/progress-spinners.page:8 C/radio-buttons.page:8
+#: C/search.page:9 C/selection-mode.page:9 C/sidebar-lists.page:9
+#: C/sliders.page:8 C/spin-boxes.page:8 C/switches.page:8 C/tabs.page:8
+#: C/text-fields.page:8 C/toolbars.page:8 C/typography.page:7
+#: C/ui-elements.page:8 C/view-switchers.page:9 C/visual-layout.page:7
+#: C/writing-style.page:10
msgid "Allan Day"
msgstr "Allan Day"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/action-bars.page:14
+#: C/action-bars.page:16
msgid "Action bars"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/action-bars.page:18
+#: C/action-bars.page:20
msgid ""
"An action bar is a horizontal container that is placed along the bottom edge "
"of a window. It is used to present actions for the content that is displayed "
@@ -76,19 +88,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/action-bars.page:21 C/application-menus.page:21 C/button-menus.page:20
-#: C/dialogs.page:35 C/grids.page:21 C/header-bar-menus.page:25
-#: C/header-bars.page:27 C/lists.page:21 C/menu-bars.page:34 C/menus.page:32
-#: C/notifications.page:19 C/popovers.page:20 C/primary-windows.page:21
-#: C/progress-bars.page:38 C/progress-spinners.page:20 C/search.page:21
-#: C/selection-mode.page:23 C/sidebar-lists.page:25 C/sliders.page:32
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:32 C/switches.page:20 C/tabs.page:32 C/toolbars.page:32
-#: C/view-switchers.page:21
+#: C/action-bars.page:23 C/application-menus.page:22 C/button-menus.page:25
+#: C/dialogs.page:36 C/empty-placeholders.page:23 C/grids.page:23
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:27 C/header-bars.page:29
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:23 C/info-bars.page:23 C/lists.page:23
+#: C/menu-bars.page:37 C/menus.page:37 C/notifications.page:21
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:22 C/popovers.page:25 C/primary-windows.page:22
+#: C/progress-bars.page:37 C/progress-spinners.page:25 C/search.page:22
+#: C/selection-mode.page:24 C/sidebar-lists.page:26 C/sliders.page:37
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:37 C/switches.page:25 C/tabs.page:39 C/toolbars.page:37
+#: C/view-switchers.page:22
msgid "When to use"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/action-bars.page:23
+#: C/action-bars.page:25
msgid ""
"Use an action bar when content items are primarily displayed for editing or "
"management. Since they prominently display potential actions, action bars "
@@ -98,21 +112,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/action-bars.page:25
+#: C/action-bars.page:27
msgid ""
"Action bars can be shown temporarily, when a <link xref=\"selection-mode"
"\">selection</link> or edit mode is active."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/action-bars.page:30 C/check-boxes.page:32 C/progress-bars.page:47
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:32 C/sidebar-lists.page:42 C/sliders.page:46
-#: C/writing-style.page:31
+#: C/action-bars.page:32 C/check-boxes.page:37 C/empty-placeholders.page:34
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:34 C/info-bars.page:34
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:31 C/radio-buttons.page:37 C/sidebar-lists.page:43
+#: C/sliders.page:53 C/writing-style.page:42
msgid "Guidelines"
msgstr "Richtlinien"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/action-bars.page:33
+#: C/action-bars.page:35
msgid ""
"Group sets of similar functionality together, by aligning them to the left "
"and right of the action bar, or by using separators. The most commonly used "
@@ -120,12 +135,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/action-bars.page:34
+#: C/action-bars.page:36
msgid ""
"Try to separate potentially destructive actions, and <link xref="
"\"buttons#suggested-and-destructive\">style them appropriately</link>."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/action-bars.page:42 C/application-menus.page:70 C/buttons.page:89
+#: C/check-boxes.page:59 C/dialogs.page:169 C/grids.page:44
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:48 C/header-bars.page:72 C/info-bars.page:46
+#: C/lists.page:147 C/menu-bars.page:106 C/menus.page:73
+#: C/notifications.page:105 C/popovers.page:64 C/primary-windows.page:86
+#: C/progress-bars.page:129 C/progress-spinners.page:51 C/radio-buttons.page:53
+#: C/search.page:72 C/sidebar-lists.page:54 C/sliders.page:69
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:68 C/switches.page:43 C/tabs.page:99 C/text-fields.page:68
+#: C/toolbars.page:60 C/view-switchers.page:46
+msgid "API reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/action-bars.page:44
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkActionBar.html";
+"\">GtkActionBar</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/application-basics.page:11
msgid "Basic application characteristics."
@@ -283,20 +318,30 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/application-menus.page:16
+#: C/application-menus.page:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+#| "md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/application-menu.svg' "
-"md5='4a1da9ff4e204a200059142bbe64b05e'"
+"md5='8bea5133bb3717c30f4719c98cf38180'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/application-menus.page:7
+msgid "Global application menu that is accessed from the top bar"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/application-menus.page:14
+#: C/application-menus.page:15
msgid "Application menus"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/application-menus.page:18
+#: C/application-menus.page:19
msgid ""
"Application menus provide access to global, top level actions and options "
"for your application. These include standard items for accessing "
@@ -304,69 +349,133 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/application-menus.page:23
+#: C/application-menus.page:24
msgid ""
"Application menus are a standard part of GNOME 3, and every application that "
"runs under GNOME 3 should have one."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/application-menus.page:28
-msgid "Menu items"
+#: C/application-menus.page:29 C/button-menus.page:47 C/dialogs.page:155
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:21 C/drop-down-lists.page:34 C/grids.page:32
+#: C/lists.page:132 C/menu-bars.page:93 C/menus.page:61
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:40 C/popovers.page:55
+#: C/primary-windows.page:70 C/progress-bars.page:117
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:38 C/spin-boxes.page:58 C/toolbars.page:46
+#: C/visual-layout.page:33
+msgid "General guidelines"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/application-menus.page:30
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"menus\">Menus</link>"
+msgid "Follow the standard <link xref=\"menus\">guidance for menus</link>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"menus\">Menüs</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:33
msgid ""
"Only include menu items that relate to the application as a whole, such as "
-"application preferences. Actions that are specific to a particular window or "
+"application preferences. Items that are specific to a particular window or "
"view, or which act on content within an application window, should not be "
"included."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If an item from the application menu is frequently used, consider moving it "
+"to a more accessible location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/application-menus.page:40
+msgid "Standard menu items"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/application-menus.page:32
+#: C/application-menus.page:42
msgid ""
-"Common application menu items include New Window, Preferences, Help, About "
-"and Quit."
+"Common application menu items include <gui>New Window</gui>, "
+"<gui>Preferences</gui>, <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>About</gui> and <gui>Quit</"
+"gui>. <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>About</gui> and <gui>Quit</gui> should be "
+"contained within their own group at the bottom of the menu."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/application-menus.page:35
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Underline</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>New Window</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Unterstrich</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:47
msgid ""
-"If your application has user help, you should include a <gui>Help</gui> item."
+"Opens a new window. Only <link xref=\"primary-windows#application-types"
+"\">multiple instance applications</link> should include this menu item. If "
+"the new window contains a specific type of content item, or simultaneously "
+"performs an action, rename it to be less generic. For example: <gui>New "
+"Connection</gui> or <gui>New Document</gui>."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/application-menus.page:36
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:50
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Underline</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>Preferences</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Unterstrich</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:51
msgid ""
-"Every application menu should include <gui>About</gui> and <gui>Quit</gui>."
+"Opens the application's preferences dialog. Only show this menu item if your "
+"application has a preferences dialog."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/application-menus.page:37
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:54 C/keyboard-input.page:285
+msgid "<gui>Help</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Hilfe</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:55
msgid ""
-"If there are items other than <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>About</gui> and "
-"<gui>Quit</gui>, separate them into their own group at the bottom of the "
-"menu."
+"Opens your application's user documentation in the <app>Help</app> "
+"application. Only show this menu item if your application has user "
+"documentation."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/application-menus.page:43 C/search.page:60
-msgid "Additional Guidance"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:58 C/keyboard-input.page:290
+msgid "<gui>About</gui>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/application-menus.page:46
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:59
msgid ""
-"Follow the standard <link xref=\"menus\">design guidance for menus</link>."
+"Opens the application's about dialog. Every application menu should include "
+"this item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:62 C/keyboard-input.page:295
+msgid "<gui>Quit</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Closes the application, including all application windows. Every application "
+"menu should include this item."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/application-menus.page:47
+#: C/application-menus.page:72
msgid ""
-"If an item from the application menu is frequently used, consider moving it "
-"to a more accessible location."
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkApplication.html";
+"\">GtkApplication</link>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: media
@@ -374,32 +483,42 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/button-menus.page:17 C/ui-elements.page:22
+#: C/button-menus.page:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/popover.svg' "
+#| "md5='905d21b5892d9ee6b4acaafa8192fdf7'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/button-menu.svg' "
-"md5='1ecf1e920eca86c6c08880fdd00588aa'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='c0f736dc3284a5aa37d86fdfc2f27454'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/button-menus.page:37
+#: C/button-menus.page:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/popover.svg' "
+#| "md5='905d21b5892d9ee6b4acaafa8192fdf7'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/hybrid-button-menu.svg' "
-"md5='2bf79478aff9bd8c9935a21f6a37f7ea'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='f007dc2c5dc0c25ee85483f31ca85917'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/button-menus.page:13
+#: C/button-menus.page:18
msgid "Button menus"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:15
+#: C/button-menus.page:20
msgid ""
"A menu that is opened by pressing a button. They can be incorporated into a "
"range of container widgets, such as header bars, action bars, sidebars or "
@@ -408,7 +527,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:22
+#: C/button-menus.page:27
msgid ""
"A menu button is a way to present additional actions or options. They are "
"appropriate when it is necessary to provide secondary actions or options "
@@ -417,7 +536,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:25
+#: C/button-menus.page:30
msgid ""
"<em style=\"strong\">Overflow menus</em>: here, the button menu serves as an "
"extension of an existing set of controls. This can be seen in the example of "
@@ -429,7 +548,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:26
+#: C/button-menus.page:31
msgid ""
"<em style=\"strong\">Single purpose menus</em>: these provide actions and/or "
"options for a specific area of functionality. In the same way that a menu "
@@ -439,7 +558,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:29
+#: C/button-menus.page:34
msgid ""
"Menus provide a clear and consistent way to present diverse sets of actions "
"and settings. At the same time, a popover with embedded controls, like "
@@ -448,7 +567,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:32
+#: C/button-menus.page:37
msgid ""
"Evaluate each function within a button menu, in order to decide whether it "
"would be better served by a different <link xref=\"ui-elements\">user "
@@ -457,11 +576,11 @@ msgid ""
"sliders, spin buttons, switches and text entries provide functionality that "
"cannot be easily reproduced with a menu. Likewise, some entries might be "
"better represented as icons rather than text - in which case, buttons could "
-"be more appropropriate than a menu."
+"be more appropriate than a menu."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:33
+#: C/button-menus.page:38
msgid ""
"If a menu button contains a small number of items that can be more "
"effectively represented as a group of controls, a popover containing "
@@ -471,7 +590,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:34
+#: C/button-menus.page:39
msgid ""
"A menu button can be combined with a small number of other interface "
"elements, such as buttons, sliders and switches (see example below). This "
@@ -481,24 +600,15 @@ msgid ""
"too complex in the process."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/button-menus.page:42 C/dialogs.page:140 C/drop-down-lists.page:29
-#: C/grids.page:30 C/lists.page:124 C/menu-bars.page:43 C/menus.page:56
-#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:40 C/popovers.page:50
-#: C/primary-windows.page:56 C/progress-spinners.page:33 C/spin-boxes.page:55
-#: C/toolbars.page:41 C/visual-layout.page:33
-msgid "General guidelines"
-msgstr ""
-
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:45
+#: C/button-menus.page:50
msgid ""
"Each context - whether it is a view or delineated area of your interface - "
"should only include one generic button menu."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:46
+#: C/button-menus.page:51
msgid ""
"Ensure that single purpose button menus are effectively labelled. While an "
"icon is more compact, only use them when they will be commonly understood by "
@@ -507,7 +617,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:47
+#: C/button-menus.page:52
msgid ""
"Single purpose buttons should be clearly and consistently defined. Their "
"menu items should have an obvious relationship with the overall purpose of "
@@ -515,7 +625,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/button-menus.page:48
+#: C/button-menus.page:53
msgid ""
"While multiple button menus can be used simultaneously, be careful about "
"introducing too many disclosure points into your user interface. The more of "
@@ -528,56 +638,61 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/buttons.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:20
+#: C/buttons.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/toolbar.svg' "
+#| "md5='6ff605bcff3484f2e04dcd6d0d34bce9'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/buttons.svg' "
-"md5='1ffaa291f2eac5015cfde24d3f993a29'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='8df77034150dc4b1f59d00c46e9e0d0d'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/buttons.page:11 C/check-boxes.page:11 C/dialogs.page:12
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:11 C/menu-bars.page:11 C/menus.page:11
-#: C/progress-bars.page:11 C/radio-buttons.page:11 C/sliders.page:11
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:11 C/tabs.page:11 C/text-fields.page:11
-#: C/toolbars.page:11 C/visual-layout.page:11 C/writing-style.page:11
+#: C/buttons.page:12 C/check-boxes.page:12 C/dialogs.page:13
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:11 C/menu-bars.page:12 C/menus.page:12
+#: C/progress-bars.page:12 C/radio-buttons.page:12 C/sliders.page:12
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:12 C/tabs.page:12 C/text-fields.page:12 C/toolbars.page:12
+#: C/visual-layout.page:11 C/writing-style.page:14
msgid "Calum Benson"
msgstr "Calum Benson"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/buttons.page:14 C/check-boxes.page:14 C/dialogs.page:15
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:14 C/menu-bars.page:14 C/menus.page:14
-#: C/progress-bars.page:14 C/radio-buttons.page:14 C/sliders.page:14
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:14 C/tabs.page:14 C/text-fields.page:14
-#: C/toolbars.page:14 C/visual-layout.page:14 C/writing-style.page:14
+#: C/buttons.page:15 C/check-boxes.page:15 C/dialogs.page:16
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:14 C/menu-bars.page:15 C/menus.page:15
+#: C/progress-bars.page:15 C/radio-buttons.page:15 C/sliders.page:15
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:15 C/tabs.page:15 C/text-fields.page:15 C/toolbars.page:15
+#: C/visual-layout.page:14 C/writing-style.page:17
msgid "Adam Elman"
msgstr "Adam Elman"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/buttons.page:17 C/check-boxes.page:17 C/dialogs.page:18
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:17 C/menu-bars.page:17 C/menus.page:17
-#: C/progress-bars.page:17 C/radio-buttons.page:17 C/sliders.page:17
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:17 C/tabs.page:17 C/text-fields.page:17
-#: C/toolbars.page:17 C/visual-layout.page:17 C/writing-style.page:17
+#: C/buttons.page:18 C/check-boxes.page:18 C/dialogs.page:19
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:17 C/menu-bars.page:18 C/menus.page:18
+#: C/progress-bars.page:18 C/radio-buttons.page:18 C/sliders.page:18
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:18 C/tabs.page:18 C/text-fields.page:18 C/toolbars.page:18
+#: C/visual-layout.page:17 C/writing-style.page:20
msgid "Seth Nickell"
msgstr "Seth Nickell"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/buttons.page:20 C/check-boxes.page:20 C/dialogs.page:21
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:20 C/menu-bars.page:20 C/menus.page:20
-#: C/progress-bars.page:20 C/radio-buttons.page:20 C/sliders.page:20
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:20 C/tabs.page:20 C/text-fields.page:20
-#: C/toolbars.page:20 C/visual-layout.page:20 C/writing-style.page:20
+#: C/buttons.page:21 C/check-boxes.page:21 C/dialogs.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:20 C/menu-bars.page:21 C/menus.page:21
+#: C/progress-bars.page:21 C/radio-buttons.page:21 C/sliders.page:21
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:21 C/tabs.page:21 C/text-fields.page:21 C/toolbars.page:21
+#: C/visual-layout.page:20 C/writing-style.page:23
msgid "Colin Robertson"
msgstr "Colin Robertson"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/buttons.page:25
+#: C/buttons.page:30
msgid "Buttons"
msgstr "Knöpfe"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/buttons.page:27
+#: C/buttons.page:32
msgid ""
"Buttons are one of the most common and basic user interface elements. "
"Buttons can be used to perform actions, toggle settings or views, activate "
@@ -585,26 +700,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/buttons.page:32 C/text-fields.page:32
+#: C/buttons.page:37 C/text-fields.page:37
msgid "General Guidelines"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:35
+#: C/buttons.page:40
msgid ""
"A button can contain an icon, button, or - more unusually - an image. Follow "
"the icons and artwork guidelines when deciding which to use."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:36
+#: C/buttons.page:41
msgid ""
"After pressing a button, the user should expect to see the result of their "
"action within 1 second."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:37
+#: C/buttons.page:42
msgid ""
"Do not use more than one or two different widths of button in the same "
"window, and make all of them the same height. This will help give a pleasing "
@@ -612,7 +727,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:38
+#: C/buttons.page:43
msgid ""
"Do not assign actions to double-clicking or right-clicking a button. Users "
"are unlikely to discover these actions, and if they do, it will distort "
@@ -620,14 +735,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:39
+#: C/buttons.page:44
msgid ""
"Make invalid buttons insensitive, rather than popping up an error message "
"when the user clicks them."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:40
+#: C/buttons.page:45
msgid ""
"When several buttons are placed next to each other, ensure that they have "
"the same width. This is particularly important for pairs of Cancel and OK "
@@ -635,7 +750,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:41
+#: C/buttons.page:46
msgid ""
"In a dialog, one button may be made the default button, which is shown with "
"a different border and is activated by pressing Return. Often this will be "
@@ -644,12 +759,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/buttons.page:47
+#: C/buttons.page:52
msgid "Text buttons"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:50
+#: C/buttons.page:55
msgid ""
"Label all buttons with imperative verbs, using <link xref=\"writing-"
"style#capitalization\">header capitalization</link>. For example, <gui>Save</"
@@ -657,14 +772,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:51
+#: C/buttons.page:56
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#ellipses\">ellipses</link> when a button "
"requires further input from the user to complete an action."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:52
+#: C/buttons.page:57
msgid ""
"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> in "
"the label that allows the user to directly activate the button from the "
@@ -672,19 +787,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/buttons.page:53
+#: C/buttons.page:58
msgid ""
"Keep labels short, so they don't cause a button to use too much space. It is "
"also important to consider how labels will change length when localized."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/buttons.page:59
+#: C/buttons.page:64
msgid "Toggle buttons"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/buttons.page:61
+#: C/buttons.page:66
msgid ""
"Toggle buttons look the same as regular buttons, but are used to show or "
"change a state rather than initiate an action. A toggle button’s two states, "
@@ -693,12 +808,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/buttons.page:66
+#: C/buttons.page:71
msgid "Linked buttons"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/buttons.page:68
+#: C/buttons.page:73
msgid ""
"Groups of buttons with a similar function can be grouped. This helps to "
"communicate their similarity. Linking is a common technique for sets of "
@@ -706,12 +821,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/buttons.page:73
+#: C/buttons.page:78
msgid "Suggested and destructive actions"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/buttons.page:75
+#: C/buttons.page:80
msgid ""
"In cases where a button has a particularly important affirmative role, it "
"can be given a suggested style. This highlights the button, and helps to "
@@ -719,7 +834,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/buttons.page:77
+#: C/buttons.page:82
msgid ""
"Buttons which have a destructive consequence, such as removing or deleting a "
"content item, can be given a destructive style. This highlights the button "
@@ -727,29 +842,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/buttons.page:79
+#: C/buttons.page:84
msgid "Each view should only include a single suggested or destructive button."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:92
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkButton.html";
+"\">GtkButton</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:93
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkToggleButton.html";
+"\">GtkToggleButton</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/check-boxes.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:26
+#: C/check-boxes.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/sliders.svg' "
+#| "md5='88426d7d09e03a828b136a61b0d4046c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/check-boxes.svg' "
-"md5='382dd468f45c24019a90e939a6408885'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='059840695d8cae9ae075c215efabc09f'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/check-boxes.page:25
+#: C/check-boxes.page:30
msgid "Check boxes"
msgstr "Ankreuzfelder"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:27
+#: C/check-boxes.page:32
msgid ""
"Check boxes are used to show or change a setting. Its two states, set and "
"unset, are shown by the presence or absence of a checkmark in the labeled "
@@ -757,14 +891,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:35
+#: C/check-boxes.page:40
msgid ""
"Clicking a check box should not affect the values of any other controls. It "
"may sensitize, insensitize, hide or show other controls, however."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:36
+#: C/check-boxes.page:41
msgid ""
"If toggling a check box affects the sensitivity of other controls, place the "
"check box immediately above or to the left of the controls that it affects. "
@@ -773,14 +907,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:37
+#: C/check-boxes.page:42
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
"link> for check box labels, for example <gui>Use custom font</gui>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:38
+#: C/check-boxes.page:43
msgid ""
"Label check boxes to clearly indicate the effects of both their checked and "
"unchecked states, for example, <gui>Show icons in menus</gui>. If the two "
@@ -789,7 +923,15 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:39
+#: C/check-boxes.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Avoid negative check box labels, as this can be confusing and hard to "
+"understand. <gui>Play alert sound</gui> is better than <gui>Disable alert "
+"sound</gui>, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:45
msgid ""
"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> in "
"all check box labels that allows the user to set or unset the check box "
@@ -797,7 +939,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:40
+#: C/check-boxes.page:46
msgid ""
"If the check box represents a setting in a multiple selection that is set "
"for some objects in the selection and unset for others, show the check box "
@@ -805,21 +947,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:42
+#: C/check-boxes.page:48
msgid ""
"Clicking the box once should check the box, applying that setting (when "
"confirmed) to all the selected objects."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:43
+#: C/check-boxes.page:49
msgid ""
"Clicking the box a second time should uncheck the box, removing that setting "
"(when confirmed) to all the selected objects."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:44
+#: C/check-boxes.page:50
msgid ""
"Clicking the box a third time should return the box to its mixed state, "
"restoring each selected object’s original value for that setting (when "
@@ -827,14 +969,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:46
+#: C/check-boxes.page:52
msgid ""
"Label a group of check boxes with a descriptive heading above or to the left "
"of the group."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:47
+#: C/check-boxes.page:53
msgid ""
"Do not place more than about eight check boxes under the same group heading. "
"If you need more than eight, try to use blank space or heading labels to "
@@ -844,16 +986,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/check-boxes.page:48
+#: C/check-boxes.page:54
msgid ""
"Try to align groups of check boxes vertically rather than horizontally, as "
"this makes them easier to scan visually. Use horizontal or rectangular "
"alignments only if they greatly improve the layout of the window."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:62
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkCheckButton.html";
+"\">GtkCheckButton</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/compatibility.page:11 C/essentials.page:31
+#: C/compatibility.page:11 C/index.page:55
msgid "Using the HIG for cross-platform or GNOME 2 style applications."
msgstr ""
@@ -880,10 +1029,10 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:21
msgid ""
-"Cross-platform guidance is provided for those design patterns and UI "
-"elements that require special treatment in cross-platform cases. Otherwise, "
-"all the design patterns provided in these guidelines can be used in a cross-"
-"platform manner."
+"The HIG provides cross-platform for those design patterns and UI elements "
+"that require special treatment in cross-platform cases. Otherwise, all the "
+"design patterns provided in these guidelines can be used in a cross-platform "
+"manner."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -896,47 +1045,58 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/compatibility.page:28
-msgid "GNOME 2 Compatibility"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GNOME 2 Compatibility"
+msgid "GNOME 2 compatibility"
msgstr "Kompatibilität mit GNOME 2"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:30
msgid ""
-"These Human Interface Guidelines are an evolution of the GNOME 2 HIG. The "
-"design patterns provided improve upon the previous version of the HIG, and "
-"encourage more modern application design. Applications that follow this "
-"version of the HIG will use space more efficiently, provide a more focused "
-"user experience, and will use modern interpretations of key functionality, "
-"such as search, online integration, or notifications."
+"These Human Interface Guidelines are an evolution of the GNOME 2 HIG, and "
+"represent an improvement on the previous version. Applications that follow "
+"the new version of the HIG will use space more efficiently, will provide a "
+"more focused user experience, and will use modern interpretations of key "
+"functionality, such as search, online integration, or notifications."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:32
msgid ""
-"Much of the advice contained within this HIG can be incorporated into GNOME "
-"2 style applications with minimal disruption, and will lead to an improved "
-"experience for users. This includes:"
+"Following some of the design patterns in these guidelines may imply larger-"
+"scale design changes for GNOME 2 style applications, particularly if those "
+"applications are complex. In particular, replacing window title bars and "
+"<link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bars</link> with a <link xref=\"header-bars"
+"\">header bar</link> could be a big change for your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:34
+msgid ""
+"However, much of the advice contained within this HIG can be incorporated "
+"into GNOME 2 style applications with minimal disruption, and will lead to an "
+"improved experience for users. This includes:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/compatibility.page:35
-msgid "New user interface elements, such as popovers."
+#: C/compatibility.page:37
+msgid "Utilizing new user interface elements, such as popovers."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/compatibility.page:36
-msgid "Improved GTK+ abilities, like animations."
+#: C/compatibility.page:38
+msgid "Guidance on new GTK+ abilities, like animations."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/compatibility.page:37
+#: C/compatibility.page:39
msgid ""
-"Updated guidance on subjects such as visual layout, typography and icon "
+"Modernized guidance on subjects such as visual layout, typography and icon "
"usage."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/compatibility.page:40
+#: C/compatibility.page:42
msgid ""
"Incorporating these elements of the guidelines can enhance your application "
"without requiring a major redesign, and all GTK+ and GNOME applications can "
@@ -944,17 +1104,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/compatibility.page:42
-msgid ""
-"At the same time, following some of the design patterns in these guidelines "
-"may imply larger-scale design changes for GNOME 2 style applications, "
-"particularly if those applications are complex. In particular, replacing "
-"window title bars and <link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bars</link> with a <link "
-"xref=\"header-bars\">header bar</link> could be a big change for your "
-"application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:44
msgid ""
"These Human Interface Guidelines have been designed to assist you in "
@@ -966,7 +1115,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/design-principles.page:11 C/essentials.page:23
+#: C/design-principles.page:11 C/index.page:29
msgid "General design guidelines and advice."
msgstr ""
@@ -1241,44 +1390,66 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/dialogs.page:54
+#: C/dialogs.page:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+#| "md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/message-dialog.svg' "
-"md5='90729fe23f0b92787c18b6e28c6a6cc2'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='e4479594508dc0f561bdb8ddff67af0e'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/dialogs.page:75
+#: C/dialogs.page:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
+#| "md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/action-dialog.svg' "
-"md5='c2db9e3e6b79ca288a97693a18e79351'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='20a282152fc66c385f2fc29281fcb968'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/dialogs.page:94
+#: C/dialogs.page:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
+#| "md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/presentation-dialog.svg' "
-"md5='9ccfb75ebd08866610557bdc158d8de4'"
+"md5='0cbb3659eb1ed3fc1cf677fe918df94a'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/dialogs.page:7
+msgid "Secondary windows that appear over primary, parent windows"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/dialogs.page:26
-msgid "Dialogs"
+#: C/dialogs.page:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Dialogs"
+msgid "Dialog windows"
msgstr "Dialoge"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:28
+#: C/dialogs.page:29
msgid ""
"Dialogs are secondary windows that appear over a primary, parent window. "
"They are used to present additional information or controls, including "
@@ -1286,19 +1457,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:30
+#: C/dialogs.page:31
msgid ""
"GTK+ provides a number of stock dialogs that can be used, such as for "
"printing or color selection."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:32
+#: C/dialogs.page:33
msgid "There are three basic types of dialogs."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:37
+#: C/dialogs.page:38
msgid ""
"Dialogs are a commonly recognized design pattern, and there are established "
"conventions for the different types of dialogs that you might want to use. "
@@ -1306,7 +1477,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:39
+#: C/dialogs.page:40
msgid ""
"While dialogs can be an effective way to disclose additional controls or "
"information, they can also be a source of interruption for the user. For "
@@ -1315,34 +1486,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:41
+#: C/dialogs.page:42
msgid "There are many ways to avoid using dialogs:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:44
+#: C/dialogs.page:45
msgid "Use inline composition for new messages, records or contacts."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:45
+#: C/dialogs.page:46
msgid "In-application notifications are an alternative to message dialogs."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:46
+#: C/dialogs.page:47
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"popovers\">Popovers</link> can be a way to display additional "
"controls or options in a less disruptive manner."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/dialogs.page:52
+#: C/dialogs.page:53
msgid "Message Dialogs"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:56
+#: C/dialogs.page:57
msgid ""
"Message dialogs are the simplest type of dialog. They present a message or "
"question, along with 1-3 buttons with which to respond. They are always "
@@ -1352,12 +1523,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/dialogs.page:59 C/dialogs.page:84 C/dialogs.page:99
+#: C/dialogs.page:60 C/dialogs.page:83 C/dialogs.page:98
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "Beispiele"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:61
+#: C/dialogs.page:62
msgid ""
"Confirmation dialogs use a message dialog to check - or confirm - that the "
"user wants to carry out an action. They have two buttons: one to confirm "
@@ -1365,7 +1536,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:63
+#: C/dialogs.page:64
msgid ""
"Confirmation dialogs will often be accidentally or automatically "
"acknowledged, and will not always prevent mistakes from happening. It is "
@@ -1373,14 +1544,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:65
+#: C/dialogs.page:66
msgid ""
"Error dialogs present an error message to the user. They often include a "
"single button that allows the user to acknowledge and close the dialog."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:67
+#: C/dialogs.page:68
msgid ""
"Error dialogs should generally be a last resort. You should design your "
"application so that errors do not occur, and to automatically recover if "
@@ -1388,38 +1559,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/dialogs.page:73
+#: C/dialogs.page:74
msgid "Action Dialogs"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:77
+#: C/dialogs.page:78
msgid ""
"Action dialogs present options and information about a specific action "
"before it is carried out. They have a heading (which typically describes the "
-"action) and two buttons which allow the action to be carried out or "
-"cancelled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:79
-msgid ""
-"The user may be required to choose options or content items before an action "
-"can be carried out. In these cases, the affirmative action button should be "
-"insensitive before the required steps have been performed in the dialog "
-"itself."
+"action) and two primary buttons - one which allows the action to be carried "
+"out and one which cancels it."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:81
+#: C/dialogs.page:80
msgid ""
-"Buttons in action dialogs should be labelled with imperative verbs, for "
-"example <gui>Save</gui>, <gui>Print</gui>. This allows users to select an "
-"action with less hesitation."
+"Sometimes, the user may be required to choose options before an action can "
+"be carried out. In these cases, the affirmative dialog button should be "
+"insensitive until the required options have been selected."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:86
+#: C/dialogs.page:85
msgid ""
"Many of the stock GTK+ dialogs are action dialogs. The print dialog is a "
"good example: it is displayed in response to the user using the print "
@@ -1429,12 +1591,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/dialogs.page:92
+#: C/dialogs.page:91
msgid "Presentation Dialogs"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:96
+#: C/dialogs.page:95
msgid ""
"Presentation dialogs present information or controls. Like action dialogs, "
"they have a header bar and a subject. However, instead of prefixing an "
@@ -1442,7 +1604,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:101
+#: C/dialogs.page:100
msgid ""
"Preferences and properties are both examples of presentation dialogs, and "
"both present information and settings in relation to a specific entity "
@@ -1452,7 +1614,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:103
+#: C/dialogs.page:102
msgid ""
"Resist the temptation to provide a preference window for your application. "
"Always question whether additional settings are really necessary. Most "
@@ -1463,12 +1625,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/dialogs.page:108
+#: C/dialogs.page:107
msgid "Instant and Explicit Apply"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:110
+#: C/dialogs.page:109
msgid ""
"Presentation dialogs are either instant or explicit apply. In instant apply "
"dialogs, changes to settings or values are immediately updated. In contrast, "
@@ -1476,131 +1638,250 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:112
+#: C/dialogs.page:111
msgid ""
"Instant apply should be used wherever possible. Instant apply presentation "
-"dialogs have a close button in their header bar."
+"dialogs have a close button in their header bar, like a <link xref=\"primary-"
+"windows\">primary window</link>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:114
+#: C/dialogs.page:113
msgid ""
"Explicit apply is only necessary if changes in the dialog have to be applied "
"simultaneously in order to have the desired behaviour. Explicit apply "
-"dialogs include a Cancel and a Done button (Cancel resets all values in the "
-"dialog to the state before it was opened and Done applies all changes and "
-"closes the window)."
+"dialogs include a <gui>Done</gui> and <gui>Cancel</gui> button (<gui>Cancel</"
+"gui> resets all values in the dialog to the state before it was opened and "
+"Done applies all changes and closes the window)."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/dialogs.page:120
-msgid "Button order"
+#: C/dialogs.page:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Primary button"
+msgid "Primary buttons"
+msgstr "Primäre Taste"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:121
+msgid ""
+"Message and action dialogs include primary buttons which affect the whole "
+"window. The order of these buttons, as well as the labels used, are a key "
+"part of the dialog."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:124 C/lists.page:77
+msgid "Order"
+msgstr "Reihenfolge"
+
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:122
+#: C/dialogs.page:126
msgid ""
-"Many dialogs include an affirmative and a cancel button, both of which close "
-"the dialog window. The affirmative button carries out the operation that is "
-"the subject of the dialog, such as <gui>Print</gui>, <gui>Save</gui>, or "
-"<gui>Quit</gui>, and the cancel button closes the window and prevents the "
-"operation from taking place."
+"When a dialog includes an affirmative and a cancel button, always ensure "
+"that the cancel button appears first, before the affirmative button. In left-"
+"to-right locales, this is on the left."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:124
+#: C/dialogs.page:128
msgid ""
-"Always ensure that the cancel button appears first, before the affirmative "
-"button. In left-to-right locales, this is on the left. This ensures that "
-"users become aware of, and are reminded of, the ability to cancel prior to "
-"encountering the affirmative button."
+"This button order ensures that users become aware of, and are reminded of, "
+"the ability to cancel prior to encountering the affirmative button."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/dialogs.page:129
-msgid "Default buttons"
+#: C/dialogs.page:133
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Label"
+msgid "Labels"
+msgstr "Beschriftung"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:135
+msgid ""
+"Label the affirmative primary button with a specific imperative verb, for "
+"example: <gui>Save</gui>, <gui>Print</gui>, <gui>Remove</gui>. This is "
+"clearer than a generic label like <gui>OK</gui> or <gui>Done</gui>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:131
+#: C/dialogs.page:137
msgid ""
-"When designing a dialog or utility window, you can assign the return key to "
-"activate a particular button in the window. GNOME indicates this button to "
-"the user by drawing a different border around it."
+"Error dialogs typically include a single button which dismisses the dialog. "
+"In this case, a specific action does not need to be referenced, and this can "
+"be a good opportunity to use humor. <gui>Apology Accepted</gui> or <gui>Got "
+"It</gui> are both examples of good labels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/dialogs.page:142
+msgid "Default action and escape"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:133
+#: C/dialogs.page:144
msgid ""
-"Choose the default button to be the most likely action, such as a "
-"confirmation action or an action that applies changes. Do not make a button "
+"Assign the return key to activate the primary affirmative button in a dialog "
+"(for example <gui>Print</gui> in a print dialog). This is called the default "
+"action, and is indicated by a different visual style. Do not make a button "
"the default if its action is irreversible, destructive or otherwise "
-"inconvenient to the user. If there is no appropriate button in your window, "
-"to designate as the default button, do not set one."
+"inconvenient to the user. If there is no appropriate button to designate as "
+"the default button, do not set one."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:135
+#: C/dialogs.page:146
msgid ""
-"In particular, it is not recommended to make the <gui>Close</gui> button the "
-"default in an instant apply window, as this can lead to users closing the "
-"window accidentally before they have finished using it."
+"You should also ensure that the escape key activates the cancel or close "
+"button, should either of them be present. Message dialogs with a single "
+"button can have both escape and return bound to the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:148
+msgid ""
+"Binding return and escape in this way provides a predictable and convenient "
+"way to continue through a dialog, or to go back."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:143
+#: C/dialogs.page:158
msgid ""
"Dialog windows should never pop up unexpectedly, and should only ever be "
"displayed in immediate response to a deliberate user action."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:144
+#: C/dialogs.page:159
msgid "Dialogs should always have a parent window."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:145
+#: C/dialogs.page:160
msgid ""
"Follow the <link xref=\"visual-layout\">layout guidelines</link> when "
"designing the content of windows."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:146
+#: C/dialogs.page:161
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"view-switchers\">view switchers</link> or <link xref=\"tabs"
"\">tabs</link> to break up controls and information."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:147
+#: C/dialogs.page:162
msgid ""
"Avoid stacking dialog windows on top of one another. Only one dialog window "
"should be displayed at a time."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:148
+#: C/dialogs.page:163
msgid ""
-"When an affirmative button is included, label it with its actual action. "
-"<gui>Print</gui> is a better label than <gui>OK</gui> or <gui>Done</gui>, "
-"for example."
+"When opening a dialog, provide initial keyboard focus to the component that "
+"you expect users to operate first. This focus is especially important for "
+"users who must use a keyboard to navigate your application."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:149
+#: C/dialogs.page:171
msgid ""
-"Do not enable the <gui>OK</gui> or equivalent button until all fields that "
-"require input have been attended to by the user."
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkAboutDialog.html";
+"\">GtkAboutDialog</link>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/dialogs.page:150
+#: C/dialogs.page:172
msgid ""
-"When opening a dialog, provide initial keyboard focus to the component that "
-"you expect users to operate first. This focus is especially important for "
-"users who must use a keyboard to navigate your application."
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkDialog.html";
+"\">GtkDialog</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:173
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMessageDialog.html";
+"\">GtkMessageDialog</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:14
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Compatibility"
+msgid "Display compatibility"
+msgstr "Kompatibilität"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:16
+msgid ""
+"GNOME 3 supports a variety of device types, including desktops, laptops and "
+"convertibles. This requires that applications be compatible with displays "
+"that have different sizes and orientations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:18
+msgid ""
+"The size requirements stated on this page should be doubled for high-"
+"resolution displays (those with greater than 96 PPI)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:24
+msgid ""
+"It should be possible for all application windows to fit on the smallest "
+"recommended displays for GNOME 3. Currently, this is 1024×600 pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that your application works well in portrait orientation. The minimum "
+"recommended width for portrait mode is 768 pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:26
+msgid ""
+"All primary windows should be resizable. This ensures that transitions "
+"between landscape and portrait mode can be automatically handled by the "
+"window manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Test to make sure that your interface works well on large displays. Where "
+"possible, scale content to make the best use of available space, or used "
+"fixed width layouts to ensure that interface elements maintain effective "
+"grouping and alignment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:33
+msgid "Half-screen snap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:35
+msgid ""
+"GNOME 3 allows windows to be snapped to occupy half the width of the "
+"display, allowing two windows to be used alongside each other. Half-screen "
+"snap is impractical on very small displays. As a rule of thumb, it should be "
+"supported on screens that are 1280 pixels or wider, meaning that windows "
+"should have a minimum width of no less than 640 pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/display-compatibility.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Since half-screen snap is only useful when windows are used in parallel, "
+"applications that are used in isolation do not need to support half-screen "
+"snap (a music player is a good example of this)."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: media
@@ -1608,32 +1889,42 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:17 C/ui-elements.page:28
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/toolbar.svg' "
+#| "md5='6ff605bcff3484f2e04dcd6d0d34bce9'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/drop-down-list.svg' "
-"md5='d68eba5939c4fb1b042eac5dbb8a9188'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='61a8c690fc1b8f2f72bf825eaf94cb5b'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:43
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/popover.svg' "
+#| "md5='905d21b5892d9ee6b4acaafa8192fdf7'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/drop-down-list-custom-values.svg' "
-"md5='73b56014f889329ee9b214156875fb15'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='352a5302b7cdf1c2bc669bf15176130e'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:13
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:18
msgid "Drop-down lists"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:15
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:20
msgid ""
"A drop-down list is a user interface element which allows the user to select "
"from a list of mutually exclusive options. It appears as a button which, "
@@ -1641,7 +1932,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:19
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:24
msgid ""
"Radio buttons or a list will often be preferable to a drop-down list, as "
"they present all the available options at once without any further "
@@ -1650,22 +1941,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:22
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:27
msgid "The number of options is large."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:23
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:28
msgid "There is little available space."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:24
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:29
msgid "The list of options may change over time."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:25
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:30
msgid ""
"The contents of the hidden part of the menu are obvious from its label and "
"the one selected item. For example, if you have an option menu labelled "
@@ -1674,7 +1965,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:32
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:37
msgid ""
"While GTK+ does provide a specific combobox widget, it is recommended that "
"drop-down lists are constructed using a combination of a button and a "
@@ -1684,14 +1975,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:33
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:38
msgid ""
"If the number of items is very large, provide a search function that filters "
"the list."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:34
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:39
msgid ""
"Label the drop-down list button with a text label above it or to its left, "
"using <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
@@ -1700,174 +1991,146 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:35
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:40
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
"link> for drop-down list items, for example <gui>Switched movement</gui>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:41
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:46
msgid "Custom values"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:45
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:50
msgid ""
"A drop-down list can allow custom values to be added to a number of presets, "
"or can be used to enter and select from custom values alone."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:48
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:53
msgid ""
"Ensure that custom values are ordered in a way that is most useful to users. "
"Alphabetical or recency ordering is common."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:49
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:54
msgid ""
"When a drop-down list includes both preset and custom values, separate them "
"into separate groups within the list."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:50
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:55
msgid "Allow custom values to be removed from the list."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:51
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:56
msgid "Validate custom values as they are entered, in order to prevent errors."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/drop-down-lists.page:52
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:57
msgid ""
"If the drop-down only accepts custom values, and no values have been entered "
"previously, present the custom value entry when the drop-down is opened, "
"instead of showing an empty list."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/essentials.page:13
-msgid "Essentials"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/essentials.page:15
-msgid ""
-"This section of the Human Interface Guidelines covers essential themes. It "
-"provides an initial starting point when designing an application, as well as "
-"common design guidelines that are necessary when using all the patterns and "
-"user interface elements found in later sections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/essentials.page:18
-msgid "Getting started"
-msgstr "Erste Schritte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:22
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:18
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
+#| "md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
+msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"design-principles\"><em style=\"strong\">Design principles</"
-"em></link>"
-msgstr ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/empty-placeholder.svg' "
+"md5='aca2a26f04c8d0dc035bfd5c83569a4a'"
+msgstr "original"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:26
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"application-basics\"><em style=\"strong\">Application basics</"
-"em></link>"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:8
+msgid "Image and text shown when a grid or list is empty"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:27
-msgid "Basic application behavior and characteristics."
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:16
+msgid "Empty placeholders"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:30
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:20
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"compatibility\"><em style=\"strong\">Compatibility</em></link>"
+"An empty placeholder is an image, accompanied by text, which fills the space "
+"in an empty list or grid."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/essentials.page:39
-msgid "Common guidelines"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:43
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:25
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"visual-layout\"><em style=\"strong\">Visual layout</em></link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:44
-msgid "Arranging elements within user interfaces."
+"Empty placeholders perform a number of important functions: they prevent "
+"confusion and guide the user, and they make your interface look better and "
+"more cohesive. They are also one of those nice touches which helps to "
+"communicate an attention to detail."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:47
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:27
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"writing-style\"><em style=\"strong\">Writing style</em></link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/essentials.page:48 C/writing-style.page:23
-msgid "Writing text for your user interface, including capitalization rules."
+"An empty placeholder should be displayed whenever a list or grid is empty."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:51
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:29
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\"><em style=\"strong\">Icons and artwork</"
-"em></link>"
+"Empty placeholders should not be displayed when an application is being run "
+"for the first time. In these situations empty states are often to be "
+"expected, and it is more appropriate to provide a richer, more characterful "
+"and upbeat experience."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:52
-msgid "Guidelines on selecting and creating icons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:55
-msgid "<link xref=\"typography\"><em style=\"strong\">Typography</em></link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:56
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:37
msgid ""
-"Advice on font sizes, weights and styles, as well as special characters."
+"Follow the standard layout for the size and placement of the image and "
+"labels, so that your application is consistent with other GNOME 3 "
+"applications."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:59
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:38
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"pointer-and-touch-input\"><em style=\"strong\">Pointer and "
-"touch input</em></link>"
+"For the image, use a <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork#color-vs-symbolic"
+"\">symbolic icon</link> that either represents your application, or the type "
+"of content that would ordinarily appear in the grid or list."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/essentials.page:60 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:14
-msgid "Mouse, touchpad and touchscreen interaction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/essentials.page:63
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:39
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"keyboard-input\"><em style=\"strong\">Keyboard input</em></link>"
+"An empty placeholder should always include a label which communicates the "
+"empty state. It is often appropriate to include a smaller subtext which "
+"provides additional guidance (such as how to add items). However, this "
+"should only be included if there is additional information that it is useful "
+"to provide."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/essentials.page:64 C/keyboard-input.page:23
-msgid "Keyboard navigation, access and shortcut keys."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/empty-placeholders.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If there are controls that allow items to be added, it can be appropriate to "
+"highlight them using a <link xref=\"buttons#suggested-and-destructive"
+"\">suggested style</link> while the list/grid is empty."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: media
@@ -1875,20 +2138,30 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/grids.page:16
+#: C/grids.page:18
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+#| "md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/grid.svg' "
-"md5='c9f908165d533250747c56d6e1dc0f99'"
+"md5='fec23163b92b7ec5e78a4f39674d07d8'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/grids.page:8
+msgid "Grids of thumbnails or icons"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/grids.page:14
+#: C/grids.page:16
msgid "Grids"
msgstr "Gitter"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/grids.page:18
+#: C/grids.page:20
msgid ""
"A grid is one of the primary methods of presenting collections of content in "
"GNOME 3. Grids are often combined with a number of the other design "
@@ -1897,7 +2170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/grids.page:23
+#: C/grids.page:25
msgid ""
"Since the grid view utilizes an image for each item it presents, it is best "
"suited to content that has a visual component, such as documents or photos. "
@@ -1906,7 +2179,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/grids.page:25
+#: C/grids.page:27
msgid ""
"Grids and lists can be combined, to offer different views of the same "
"content. This can be useful if content items have additional metadata "
@@ -1914,12 +2187,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/grids.page:33
+#: C/grids.page:35
msgid "Wherever possible, each item of content should have a unique thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/grids.page:34
+#: C/grids.page:36
msgid ""
"Order the items in the grid according to what will be most useful to people "
"using your application. Ordering content according to most recently used is "
@@ -1927,37 +2200,61 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/grids.page:35
+#: C/grids.page:37
msgid ""
"Selecting an item in the grid will typically switch to a dedicated view of "
"that item."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/grids.page:36
+#: C/grids.page:38
msgid ""
"Consider combining the grid view search, selection mode and collections."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/grids.page:46
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkFlowBox.html";
+"\">GtkFlowBox</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/grids.page:47
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkIconView.html";
+"\">GtkIconView</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:16
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:18
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+#| "md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/header-bar-menu.svg' "
-"md5='89c52a435586440ef2780fec50e96dd6'"
+"md5='0e781cf34a40d6c5928bd4564514dc65'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:8
+msgid "Common menus shown on the right side of a header bar"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:14
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:16
msgid "Header bar menus"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:18
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:20
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"header-bars\">Header bars</link> can include a menu which "
"contains actions and options for the current view. These menus are located "
@@ -1965,7 +2262,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:20
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:22
msgid ""
"While the most frequently used actions for a view should be placed directly "
"in the header bar, a header bar menu provides access to lesser-used actions. "
@@ -1974,14 +2271,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:22
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:24
msgid ""
"In this way, the header bar menus help to create focused views that guide "
"the user towards the most interesting and useful functionality."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:27
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:29
msgid ""
"Use a header bar menu to present additional actions or options for the "
"current view. They are best used when those actions or options are not used "
@@ -1991,7 +2288,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:29
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:31
msgid ""
"Header bar menus are not a good choice for performing actions on selected "
"content: when content hasn’t been selected, the menu will contain unhelpful "
@@ -2002,24 +2299,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:34
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:36
msgid "Guidance"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:37
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:39
msgid ""
"Header bar menus should only contain actions for the current view or window "
"- this differentiates their content from application menus."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:38
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:40
msgid "Follow the <link xref=\"menus\">standard guidelines for menus</link>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:39
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:41
msgid ""
"A header bar menu is contained within a <link xref=\"popovers\">popover</"
"link>. As such, a header bar menu can include a variety of controls, such as "
@@ -2027,39 +2324,63 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bar-menus.page:40
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:42
msgid ""
"Header bar menus shouldn’t include a close menu item, since this action is "
"already provided by the header bar. It can also be ambiguous as to what a "
"close menu item refers to."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:51 C/menus.page:78
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenuButton.html";
+"\">GtkMenuButton</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:52 C/menus.page:83 C/popovers.page:68
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkPopoverMenu.html";
+"\">GtkPopoverMenu</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/header-bars.page:16
+#: C/header-bars.page:18
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
+#| "md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/header-bar.svg' "
-"md5='26a46fb1c9fa2294892a66c485a576c8'"
+"md5='74a8ae325891151985097003f5a43534'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/header-bars.page:8
+msgid "Element that runs along the top of windows"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/header-bars.page:14
+#: C/header-bars.page:16
msgid "Header bars"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:18
+#: C/header-bars.page:20
msgid ""
"Header bars are a common horizontal element which are placed at the top of "
"windows. They play a number of roles:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:21
+#: C/header-bars.page:23
msgid ""
"Window controls - header bars allow windows to be moved by dragging, include "
"window control buttons (typically a single close button), and provide access "
@@ -2067,21 +2388,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:22
+#: C/header-bars.page:24
msgid ""
"Headings - a key role of a header bar is to provide context for the content "
"of the window, either through a heading or view switcher."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:23
+#: C/header-bars.page:25
msgid ""
"Controls - header bars provide a place for key controls, typically in the "
"form of buttons."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:29
+#: C/header-bars.page:31
msgid ""
"Header bars are recommended for all application windows. They provide a "
"number of advantages over the traditional combination of title bar, menu bar "
@@ -2091,7 +2412,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:31
+#: C/header-bars.page:33
msgid ""
"Header bars are incompatible with menu bars. If your application already "
"incorporates a menu bar, you should evaluate the alternatives suggested in "
@@ -2100,12 +2421,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/header-bars.page:36
+#: C/header-bars.page:38
msgid "Controls"
msgstr "Steuerungen"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:38
+#: C/header-bars.page:40
msgid ""
"Header bars can contain key controls for the window, which can be placed on "
"the left and right-hand side of the header bar. Examples of these controls "
@@ -2114,7 +2435,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:40
+#: C/header-bars.page:42
msgid ""
"Ensure that your header bar only contains a small number of key controls - "
"this will help users to understand the primary functionality provided by the "
@@ -2122,7 +2443,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:42
+#: C/header-bars.page:44
msgid ""
"If a window requires more controls than can be comfortably accommodated "
"within the header bar, additional functionality can be included within a "
@@ -2130,19 +2451,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/header-bars.page:47
+#: C/header-bars.page:49
msgid "Header bars are dynamic"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:49
+#: C/header-bars.page:51
msgid ""
"A header bar can - and should - update along with view or mode changes. This "
"ensures that header bar controls are always relevant to the current context."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:51
+#: C/header-bars.page:53
msgid ""
"If the window includes multiple views (accessed through a <link xref=\"view-"
"switchers\">view switcher</link>), the header bar can include different "
@@ -2150,7 +2471,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:53
+#: C/header-bars.page:55
msgid ""
"If the window incorporates navigation, different controls can be shown "
"depending on the location displayed in the window itself. It is common to "
@@ -2158,12 +2479,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/header-bars.page:58
+#: C/header-bars.page:60
msgid "Additional guidance"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:61
+#: C/header-bars.page:63
msgid ""
"A header bar should always provide context for the window it belongs to. "
"This aids window identification, and clarifies what is displayed in the "
@@ -2173,7 +2494,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:62
+#: C/header-bars.page:64
msgid ""
"Arrange controls within the header bar according to the three alignment "
"points described in the <link xref=\"visual-layout\">visual layout "
@@ -2181,19 +2502,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:63
+#: C/header-bars.page:65
msgid ""
"<gui>New</gui> and back buttons should be placed on the left side of the "
"header bar."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/header-bars.page:64
+#: C/header-bars.page:66
msgid ""
"Always ensure that there is room for a header bar to be dragged. This is "
"necessary to enable windows to be moved or resized."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:75
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkHeaderBar.html";
+"\">GtkHeaderBar</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
@@ -2349,7 +2677,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:17
-msgid "Icons and Artwork"
+msgid "Icons and artwork"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -2363,7 +2691,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:22
-msgid "Using Icons in Your User Interface"
+msgid "Using icons in your user interface"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -2412,7 +2740,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:38
-msgid "Choosing Stock GNOME Icons"
+msgid "Choosing stock GNOME icons"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -2438,7 +2766,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:47
-msgid "Color vs. Symbolic Icons"
+msgid "Color vs. symbolic icons"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -2500,7 +2828,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:73
-msgid "Application Icons"
+msgid "Application icons"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -2548,14 +2876,14 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:92
-msgid "Custom Symbolic Icons"
+msgid "Custom symbolic icons"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:94
msgid ""
"Symbolic icons have a simple form and are drawn within a 16x16 pixel grid. "
-"They are then programatically scaled and colored within the user interface "
+"They are then programmatically scaled and colored within the user interface "
"itself."
msgstr ""
@@ -2617,7 +2945,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:116
-msgid "Custom Full-Color Icons"
+msgid "Custom full-color icons"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -2703,7 +3031,9 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:171
-msgid "See Also"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "See Also"
+msgid "See also"
msgstr "Siehe auch"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -2714,690 +3044,583 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/index.page:13
+#: C/index.page:14
msgid "GNOME Human Interface Guidelines"
msgstr "GNOMEs Richtlinien für Benutzeroberflächen"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/index.page:15
+#: C/index.page:17
msgid ""
-"The GNOME Human Interface Guidelines contain guidance on how to design an "
-"effective application using GTK+. The guidelines give access to a complete "
-"set of design guidance, from high-level design of your application, through "
-"to specific arrangements of user interface elements. It incorporates a blend "
-"of modern design thinking, along with a concern for practicality and ease of "
-"use."
+"Whether you are a developer or a designer, these guidelines contain "
+"everything you need to design effective applications using GTK+. They cover "
+"design principles for GNOME 3, common guidelines such as how to write text "
+"and use images and icons, as well as a library of design patterns which you "
+"can use in your application."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/index.page:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Zielgruppe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/index.page:20
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/index.page:19
msgid ""
-"If you are a developer with limited design experience, the HIG is intended "
-"to assist you in easily creating an effective user interface. For designers, "
-"the HIG provides an introduction to the possibilities in using GTK+, as well "
-"as common design patterns that are used in GNOME applications."
+"While the HIG places an emphasis on designing for GNOME 3, it can also be "
+"used to create cross-platform applications, as well as for applications that "
+"have previously followed the GNOME 2 Human Interface Guidelines. The <link "
+"xref=\"compatibility\">compatibility guidelines</link> contain more "
+"information on this."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:22
-msgid ""
-"GTK+ is a flexible user interface toolkit. As such, these guidelines do not "
-"cover every possible design. Instead, they document recommended practices "
-"for creating desktop applications."
+msgid "Core material"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/index.page:24
msgid ""
-"Similarly, while the HIG does provide guidance on GNOME 3 integration, and "
-"can be used to ensure consistency with other GNOME 3 applications, it can be "
-"used as a resource for those creating cross-platform applications, or "
-"applications which do not closely follow GNOME 3 application design "
-"practices."
+"Patterns and user interface elements form the core of the HIG. Together, "
+"they are the building blocks for application design. If you are new to the "
+"HIG, it is recommended that you start with the page on design principles and "
+"then browse the patterns, before going on to other material."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:28
-msgid "Structure of the HIG"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/index.page:30
msgid ""
-"The Human Interface Guidelines can be read from beginning to end or used as "
-"a reference resource that can be returned to again and again. They have "
-"three main sections:"
+"<link xref=\"design-principles\"><em style=\"strong\">Design principles</"
+"em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/index.page:33
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"essentials\">Essentials</link> - these pages include "
-"overarching guidance on thematic topics. They include sections on "
-"recommended design principles, as well as guidance on themes like writing "
-"style and artwork."
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"buttons\">Buttons</link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"patterns\"><em style=\"strong\">Patterns</em></link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"buttons\">Knöpfe</link>"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/index.page:34
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"patterns\">Patterns</link> - design patterns make up the core "
-"of the HIG. Each pattern is a particular arrangement of user interface "
-"elements which can be used to construct an application design. The patterns "
-"allow key design decisions to be abstracted away from the nitty gritty of "
-"individual user interface elements."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:33
+msgid "Essential and optional design components."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/index.page:35
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:36
msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"ui-elements\">Interface elements</link> - guidance on the "
-"various interface elements, such as buttons, switches, and sliders, that you "
-"can use in your application."
+"<link xref=\"ui-elements\"><em style=\"strong\">User interface elements</"
+"em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/index.page:38
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:37
msgid ""
-"If you have never read the Human Interface Guidelines before, it is "
-"recommended that you start with the essentials section, in particular the "
-"design principles page, before continuing to learn about the design patterns."
+"Guidelines on common elements, such as buttons, progress bars and popovers."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/index.page:43
-msgid "Version"
-msgstr "Version"
+#: C/index.page:44
+msgid "Common guidelines"
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/index.page:45
+#: C/index.page:46
msgid ""
-"This is version 3.14 of the GNOME Human Interface Guidelines, and is "
-"compatible with GTK+ and GNOME 3.14."
+"These guidelines apply to the full range of design elements. It is "
+"recommended that you familiarize yourself with them."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:26
-msgid "Keyboard input"
-msgstr "Tastatureingabe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:28
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:50
msgid ""
-"Keyboards are a basic input device for GNOME 3, so it is important that you "
-"design your application with them in mind. The keyboard is also important "
-"for visually-impaired people or those with mobility impairments."
+"<link xref=\"application-basics\"><em style=\"strong\">Application basics</"
+"em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:31
-msgid "Keyboard navigation"
-msgstr "Tastatursteuerung"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:51
+msgid "Basic application behavior and characteristics."
+msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:33
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:54
msgid ""
-"Ensure that all the functionality provided by your application can be "
-"accessed using a keyboard, including toolbars, links and buttons. Trying to "
-"use your application only with a keyboard is a great way to test this."
+"<link xref=\"compatibility\"><em style=\"strong\">Compatibility</em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:36
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:58
msgid ""
-"The tab key is the standard way of navigating through a GNOME user interface "
-"using the keyboard. Make sure that all the parts of your application can be "
-"accessed in this manner."
+"<link xref=\"visual-layout\"><em style=\"strong\">Visual layout</em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Use a logical keyboard navigation order. When navigating around a window "
-"with the Tab key, keyboard focus should move between controls in a "
-"predictable order. In Western locales, this is normally left to right and "
-"top to bottom."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:59
+msgid "Arranging elements within user interfaces."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:38
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:62
msgid ""
-"Ensure correct tab order for controls whose enabled state is dependent on "
-"check box, radio button or toggle button state. When such a button is "
-"selected, all its dependent controls should be enabled, and all the "
-"dependent controls of any other button in the group should be disabled. When "
-"the user selects a check box, radio button or toggle button that has "
-"dependent controls, do not automatically give focus to the first dependent "
-"control, but instead leave the focus on the button."
+"<link xref=\"writing-style\"><em style=\"strong\">Writing style</em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:44
-msgid "Access keys"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/index.page:63 C/writing-style.page:33
+msgid "Writing text for your user interface, including capitalization rules."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:46
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:66
msgid ""
-"Access keys allow someone to operate labelled controls by using the Alt "
-"modifier key."
+"<link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\"><em style=\"strong\">Icons and artwork</"
+"em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Give all labelled components an access key (underlined letter), with the "
-"exception of toolbar controls which would use up too many access key "
-"combinations."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:67
+msgid "Guidelines on selecting and creating icons."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Choose access keys so that they are easy to remember. Normally this means "
-"using the first letter of the label. However, in complex windows, the choice "
-"can become more difficult. Here are some simple rules:"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:70
+msgid "<link xref=\"typography\"><em style=\"strong\">Typography</em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:52
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:71
msgid ""
-"Assign access keys to the most frequently-used controls first. If it’s not "
-"clear which controls will be the most frequently used, assign access keys "
-"from left to right, top to bottom (for Western locales)."
+"Advice on font sizes, weights and styles, as well as special characters."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:53
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:74
msgid ""
-"Use the first letter of the label, or of one of its other words if it has "
-"more than one. If another letter provides a better association (for example: "
-"\"x\" in Extra Large) however, consider using that letter instead."
+"<link xref=\"pointer-and-touch-input\"><em style=\"strong\">Pointer and "
+"touch input</em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:54
-msgid ""
-"If the first letter is not available, choose an easy to remember consonant "
-"from the label, for example, \"p\" in Replace."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/index.page:75 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:14
+msgid "Mouse, touchpad and touchscreen interaction."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:55
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:78
msgid ""
-"If no such consonants are available, choose any available vowel from the "
-"label."
+"<link xref=\"keyboard-input\"><em style=\"strong\">Keyboard input</em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:57
-msgid ""
-"If duplication of access keys in a window is unavoidable, you should still "
-"refrain from duplicating the access keys for any of these buttons that "
-"appear in the same window: OK, Cancel, Close, Apply or Help. GTK+ handles "
-"duplicated access keys by cycling the focus between the controls with the "
-"same access key."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/index.page:79 C/keyboard-input.page:23
+msgid "Keyboard navigation, access and shortcut keys."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:58
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:82
msgid ""
-"It is better not to assign access keys to \"thin\" letters (such as "
-"lowercase i or l), or letters with descenders (such as lowercase g or y) "
-"unless it is unavoidable. The underline does not show up very well on those "
-"characters in some fonts."
+"<link xref=\"display-compatibility\"><em style=\"strong\">Display "
+"compatibility</em></link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Applications using a non-Roman writing system in conjunction with a standard "
-"keyboard can have control labels prefixed with Roman characters as access "
-"keys."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/index.page:83
+msgid "How to support different device and display types."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:60
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:18
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+#| "md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
+msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
-"Be aware of the fact that access keys have to be translated together with "
-"the strings that they are taken from, so even if there are no conflicts in "
-"your native language, they may occur in translations."
-msgstr ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/in-app-notification.svg' "
+"md5='48a9959dd176471c8fdfc412683c3abf'"
+msgstr "original"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:61
-msgid ""
-"GTK+ only shows the underlines for access keys when the user presses the Alt "
-"key, to avoid cluttering up dialogs with too many underlines."
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:8 C/info-bars.page:8
+msgid "Application event notifications"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:67
-msgid "Shortcut keys"
-msgstr "Tastenkombinationen"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Notifications"
+msgid "In-app notifications"
+msgstr "Benachrichtigungen"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:69
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:20
msgid ""
-"Shortcut keys are a good way to provide quick and convenient access to "
-"common operations."
+"In-app notifications are information popups which can be displayed inside an "
+"application. They include a label which describes an event that has "
+"happened, and can also include a button that allows the user to respond. "
+"They are always transient and user dismissable."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:71
-msgid "Guidance on assigning shortcut keys:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:74
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:25
msgid ""
-"Use the standard GNOME shortcut keys (see below) if your application "
-"supports those functions. This ensures consistency between GNOME "
-"applications and aids discoverability. Do not assign system-level shortcut "
-"keys. These use the Super key (sometimes knows as the windows key) as a "
-"modifier."
+"In-app notifications are appropriate when you want to inform the user about "
+"an event that is relevant to their ongoing use of an application. They are "
+"best used to provide immediate feedback. This contrasts with <link xref="
+"\"notifications\">standard notifications</link>, which provide system-wide "
+"alerts, and which persist after the notification has been initially "
+"displayed."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:76
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:27
msgid ""
-"Only assign shortcut keys to the most commonly-used actions in your "
-"application. Do not try to assign a keyboard shortcut to everything."
+"Allowing the user to undo a destructive action is an example of a good use "
+"of in-app notifications: the notification is not needed outside of the "
+"application window, and is immediately relevant. The button that allows the "
+"user to respond to the event, by pressing ."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:77
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:29
msgid ""
-"Do not use the standard GNOME application shortcut keys for different "
-"functions. This helps to reinforce consistency between all GNOME "
-"applications."
+"In-app notifications are not a good solution for communicating ongoing "
+"states. <link xref=\"info-bars\">Info bars</link> offer one alternative you "
+"can consider."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:78
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:37
msgid ""
-"Use Ctrl+letter in preference to other combinations when choosing new "
-"shortcut keys and Shift+Ctrl+letter for functions that reverse or extend "
-"another function. For example, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> "
-"and <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> for "
-"<gui>Undo</gui> and <gui>Redo</gui>."
+"It isn't always necessary to include an action button in an in-app "
+"notification: only include one if it is directly related to the event and is "
+"generally useful."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:79
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:38
msgid ""
-"New shortcut keys should be as mnemonic as possible, as these will be easier "
-"to learn and remember. For example, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></"
-"keyseq> would be a good shortcut for a menu item called <gui>Edit Page</gui>."
+"Don't distract with unnecessary in-app notifications, and be careful not to "
+"overuse them: they can be annoying if they pop up frequently."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:80
+#: C/in-app-notifications.page:39
msgid ""
-"Shortcuts that can be easily used with one hand are preferable for common "
-"operations."
+"Only one in-app notification can be displayed at a time, and new instances "
+"should replace existing ones."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:81
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/info-bars.page:18
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
+#| "md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
+msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
-"Do not use Alt+key combinations for shortcut keys, as these may conflict "
-"with access keys."
-msgstr ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/info-bar.svg' "
+"md5='8182fc0c20fd860a617c8b382579e6f2'"
+msgstr "original"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:87
-msgid "System reserved shortcuts"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/info-bars.page:16
+msgid "Info bars"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:89
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/info-bars.page:20
msgid ""
-"GNOME 3 and its constituent systems make use of standard system-level "
-"shortcuts that should work universally, and should not be overridden by "
-"applications."
+"An info bar is a strip that is placed above a content view, directly below "
+"the header bar or tool bar. It contains text, and can also include controls. "
+"Info bars persist: they can be permanent, or they can be dismissed by the "
+"user."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:91
+#: C/info-bars.page:25
msgid ""
-"Modern GNOME 3 system shortcuts all incorporate the <key>Super</key> key, "
-"often known as the windows key. <key>Super</key> is used independently for "
-"entering and leaving the Activities Overview, and in combination with other "
-"keys. The <key>Super</key> key is intended as a system-level key, and should "
-"not be used by applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:96 C/keyboard-input.page:167
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:235 C/keyboard-input.page:262
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:304 C/keyboard-input.page:333
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:377 C/keyboard-input.page:406
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:448
-msgid "Function"
-msgstr "Funktion"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:97 C/keyboard-input.page:166
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:236 C/keyboard-input.page:263
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:305 C/keyboard-input.page:334
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:378 C/keyboard-input.page:407
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:449 C/menu-bars.page:74 C/menu-bars.page:103
-#: C/menu-bars.page:156 C/menu-bars.page:193 C/menu-bars.page:215
-#: C/menu-bars.page:263 C/menu-bars.page:291 C/menu-bars.page:348
-#: C/menu-bars.page:398 C/menu-bars.page:475 C/menu-bars.page:548
-#: C/menu-bars.page:619 C/menu-bars.page:658 C/menu-bars.page:700
-#: C/menu-bars.page:752 C/menu-bars.page:786
-msgid "Shortcut"
-msgstr "Tastenkombination"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:98 C/keyboard-input.page:237
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:264 C/keyboard-input.page:306
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:335 C/keyboard-input.page:379
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:408 C/keyboard-input.page:450 C/menu-bars.page:75
-#: C/menu-bars.page:104 C/menu-bars.page:157 C/menu-bars.page:194
-#: C/menu-bars.page:216 C/menu-bars.page:264 C/menu-bars.page:292
-#: C/menu-bars.page:349 C/menu-bars.page:399 C/menu-bars.page:476
-#: C/menu-bars.page:549 C/menu-bars.page:620 C/menu-bars.page:659
-#: C/menu-bars.page:701 C/menu-bars.page:753 C/menu-bars.page:787
-#: C/notifications.page:35 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:119
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "Beschreibung"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:103
-msgid "Switch window"
-msgstr "Fenster wechseln"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:104
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
-"key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:105
-msgid "Switches focus to the next/previous top level window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:108
-msgid "Switch system area"
+"Info bars can be used to communicate a particular state about a particular "
+"content item or location. For example, an info bar could indicate that a "
+"document is out of date or being edited by other, or that a service relating "
+"to a location is not operating. In some situations, they can also be used to "
+"present supplementary information, such as user guidance."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:109
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/info-bars.page:27
msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and "
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+"Since info bars are persistent, they are generally more appropriate for "
+"communicating ongoing states rather than events (<link xref=\"notifications"
+"\">notifications</link> or <link xref=\"in-app-notifications\">in-app "
+"notifications</link> are more appropriate here)."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:110
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/info-bars.page:29
msgid ""
-"Switches focus to the primary areas of the system: windows, top bar, message "
-"tray"
+"Info bars primarily communicate by using text, and have the advantage that "
+"they can include both a heading and a longer explanation. However, they also "
+"take up space and attract attention. If the state you want to communicate is "
+"not critical, or can be communicated through a simple string or icon, you "
+"might want to consider alternative approaches: text or icons can be added "
+"elsewhere in your interface, or the appearance of navigation controls (such "
+"as <link xref=\"view-switchers\">view switchers</link>, <link xref=\"tabs"
+"\">tabs</link> or <link xref=\"sidebar-lists\">sidebar</link> lists) can be "
+"changed."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:113
-msgid "Power Off"
-msgstr "Ausschalten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:114
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Entf</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:115
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/info-bars.page:37
msgid ""
-"Prompts the user to power off the system. This shortcut is typically "
-"disabled by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:118
-msgid "Window menu"
-msgstr "Fenstermenü"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:119
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:120
-msgid "Opens the window menu for the current window"
+"Beware of info bar overuse: they should be an exceptional presence in your "
+"interface."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:123 C/keyboard-input.page:289 C/menu-bars.page:221
-msgid "<gui>Close</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/info-bars.page:38
+msgid "Only one info bar should be visable at any one time."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:124
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:125
-msgid "Closes the focused window"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/info-bars.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Only include a longer explanation if it is really needed: a simple heading "
+"can often be sufficient."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:128
-msgid "<gui>Restore</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/info-bars.page:40
+msgid "Generally speaking, info bars do not require an icon."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:129
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:130
-msgid "Restores the focused window to its previous state"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/info-bars.page:49
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkInfoBar.html";
+"\">GtkInfoBar</link>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:133
-msgid "<gui>Switch secondary windows</gui>"
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:26
+msgid "Keyboard input"
+msgstr "Tastatureingabe"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:134
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:28
msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
-"key><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+"Keyboards are a common way to interact with user interfaces. They provide a "
+"convenient and effective means to use applications in a variety of "
+"situations, and can be faster and more efficient than other input devices. "
+"Keyboards are also vital for visually-impaired people or those with mobility "
+"impairments."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:135
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:30
msgid ""
-"Switch focus to the next or previous secondary window associated with the "
-"application"
+"You should ensure that all the functionality provided by your application "
+"can be accessed using a keyboard. Trying to use your application with only a "
+"keyboard is a great way to test this."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:138
-msgid "<gui>Move</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Keyboard interaction has three aspects in GNOME and GTK+: navigation, access "
+"keys, and shortcut keys. <link xref=\"search\">Search</link> is another, "
+"additional aspect."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:139
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:35
+msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+msgstr "Tastatursteuerung"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:140
-msgid "Move the focused window"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that it is possible to move around and interact with every part of "
+"your user interface using the keyboard, by following these guidelines."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:143
-msgid "<gui>Resize</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Follow the standard GNOME keys for navigation. <key>Tab</key> is the "
+"standard key for moving around an interface with GTK+ and GNOME."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:144
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:145
-msgid "Resize the focused window"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Use a logical keyboard navigation order. When navigating around a window "
+"with <key>Tab</key>, keyboard focus should move between controls in a "
+"predictable order. In Western locales, this is normally left to right and "
+"top to bottom."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:148
-msgid "<gui>Hide</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:42
+msgid ""
+"In addition to navigation using <key>Tab</key>, make an effort to allow "
+"movement using the arrow keys, both within user interface elements (such as "
+"lists, icon grids or sidebars), and between them."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:149
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F9</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F9</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:150
-msgid "Hide the focused window"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:45
+msgid ""
+"If activating a control enables other controls, do not automatically give "
+"focus to the first dependent control when it is activated, but instead leave "
+"focus in place."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:153
-msgid "<gui>Maximize</gui>"
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+msgid "Standard navigation keys"
+msgstr "Tastatursteuerung"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:154
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:53 C/keyboard-input.page:159 C/keyboard-input.page:279
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:313 C/keyboard-input.page:393
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:482 C/keyboard-input.page:546
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:616 C/keyboard-input.page:650
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:719
+msgid "Shortcut"
+msgstr "Tastenkombination"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:155
-msgid "Maximize the focused window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:161
-msgid "Standard widget navigation shortcuts"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:54 C/keyboard-input.page:158
+msgid "Function"
+msgstr "Funktion"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:172
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:59
msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:173
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:60
msgid "Moves keyboard focus to the next/previous control"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:176
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:63 C/keyboard-input.page:67
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:177
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:64
msgid ""
"Moves keyboard focus out of the enclosing widget to the next/previous "
"control, in those situations where Tab alone has another function"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:180
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:68
+msgid "Moves keyboard focus to the next/previous group of controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:71
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:181
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:72
msgid "Shows a tooltip for the the currently-focused window or control"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:184
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:75
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:185
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:76
msgid "Show context-sensitive help for the currently-focused window or control"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:188
-msgid "<key>F6</key> <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<key>F6</key> <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<key>F6</key> and <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<key>F6</key> <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:189
-msgid "Give focus to the next/preivous pane in a GtkPaned window"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:80
+msgid "Give focus to the next/previous pane in a GtkPaned window"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:192
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:83
msgid "<key>F8</key>"
msgstr "<key>F8</key>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:193
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:84
msgid "Give focus to the splitter bar in a paned window"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:196
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:87
msgid "<key>F10</key>"
msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:197
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:88
msgid "Give focus to the menu bar or open header bar menu"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:200 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:72
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:91 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:72
msgid "<key>Space</key>"
msgstr "<key>Leertaste</key>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:201
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:92
msgid "Toggle the state of a focused check box, radio button, or toggle button"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:204
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:95
msgid "<key>Return</key>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:205
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:96
msgid "Activate focused button, menu item, etc"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:208
-msgid "<key>Return</key> <key>End</key>"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:99
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<key>Return</key> and <key>End</key>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Ende</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:209
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:100
msgid "Select/move to the first item in a selected widget"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:212
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:103
msgid ""
"<key>PageUp</key>, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>, "
"<key>PageDown</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
@@ -3406,1007 +3629,695 @@ msgstr ""
"<key>Bild↓</key> und <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild↓</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:213
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:104
msgid "Scroll the selected view by one page up/left/down/right"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:218
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+msgid "<key>Escape</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Leertaste</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:108
msgid ""
-"In addition, the shortcuts for Unicode character entry should also be "
-"avoided. This includes <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></"
-"keyseq> through to <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></"
-"keyseq>, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>0</key></keyseq> "
-"through to <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>9</key></keyseq>."
+"Close or exit the current context, if it is transient. This should be "
+"consistently used for menus, popovers or <link xref=\"dialogs#default-action-"
+"and-escape\">dialogs</link>, or any other temporary mode or UI element."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:225
-msgid "Standard shortcut keys"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:117
+msgid "Access keys"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:227
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:119
msgid ""
-"If your application uses any of the standard functions listed in the "
-"following tables, use the recommended standard keyboard shortcut for that "
-"function."
+"Access keys allow someone to operate labelled controls by using <key>Alt</"
+"key>. They are indicated by an underlined letter within each control label "
+"(this is displayed when <key>Alt</key> is held down)."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:230
-msgid "Standard application shortcuts"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:122
+msgid "Where possible, all labelled components should have an access key."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:242
-msgid "<gui>Help</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>Hilfe</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:243 C/menu-bars.page:793
-msgid "<key>F1</key>"
-msgstr "<key>F1</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:244
-msgid "Show the help content pages for the current application"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:123
+msgid ""
+"Choose access keys that are easy to remember. Normally this means using the "
+"first letter of the label. If the label has more than one word, the first "
+"letter of one of its other words can also be used. Additionally, if another "
+"letter provides a better association (for example: “x” in “Extra Large”) , "
+"consider using that letter instead."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:247 C/menu-bars.page:233
-msgid "<gui>Quit</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:124
+msgid ""
+"Avoid assigning access keys to “thin” letters (such as lowercase i or l), or "
+"letters with descenders (such as lowercase g or y), unless it is "
+"unavoidable. The underline is sometimes not as clear with these characters."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:248 C/menu-bars.page:234
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Q</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Q</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:249
-msgid "Quit the application"
-msgstr "Die Anwendung beenden"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:257
-msgid "Standard content shortcuts"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:125
+msgid ""
+"If the choice of access keys is difficult, assign access keys to the most "
+"frequently-used controls first. If the first letter is not available, choose "
+"an easy to remember consonant from the label, for example, “p” in “Replace”. "
+"Only assign vowels once no consonants are available."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:269 C/menu-bars.page:80
-msgid "<gui>New</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:126
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that access keys have to be translated together with the strings "
+"that they are taken from, so even if there are no conflicts in your native "
+"language, they may occur in translations."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:270 C/menu-bars.page:81
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:271
-msgid "Create a new document"
-msgstr "Ein neues Dokument anlegen"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:132
+msgid "Shortcut keys"
+msgstr "Tastenkombinationen"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:274
-msgid "<gui>Open</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:134
+msgid ""
+"Shortcut keys provide convenient access to common operations. They can be "
+"either single keys or combinations of several key presses (typically a "
+"modifier in combination with a regular key)"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:275 C/menu-bars.page:88
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>O</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:276
-msgid "Open a document"
-msgstr "Ein Dokument öffnen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:279 C/menu-bars.page:109
-msgid "<gui>Save</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:137
+msgid ""
+"Do not assign system-level shortcut keys for use in your application. See "
+"below for details on these."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:280 C/menu-bars.page:110
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:281
-msgid "Save the current document"
-msgstr "Das aktuelle Dokument speichern"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:284
-msgid "<gui>Print</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:138
+msgid ""
+"Use the standard GNOME shortcut keys (see below) if your application "
+"supports those functions. This ensures consistency between GNOME "
+"applications and aids discoverability."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:285 C/menu-bars.page:173
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:286
-msgid "Print the current document"
-msgstr "Das aktuelle Dokument drucken"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:290 C/menu-bars.page:222
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:291
-msgid "Close the current document"
-msgstr "Das aktuelle Dokument schließen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:299
-msgid "Standard edit shorcuts"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:139
+msgid ""
+"Assign shortcut keys to the most commonly-used actions in your application. "
+"However, do not try to assign a keyboard shortcut to everything."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:311
-msgid "<gui>Undo</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:140
+msgid ""
+"Try to use <key>Ctrl</key> in combination with a letter for your own "
+"shortcuts. <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key></keyseq> and a letter is "
+"the recommended pattern for shortcuts that reverse or extend another "
+"function. For example, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> and "
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> for <gui>Undo</"
+"gui> and <gui>Redo</gui>."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:312 C/menu-bars.page:270
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:313
-msgid "Undo the last operation"
-msgstr "Die letzte Operation rückgängig machen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:316
-msgid "<gui>Redo</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:141
+msgid ""
+"New shortcut keys should be as mnemonic as possible, as these will be easier "
+"to learn and remember. For example, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></"
+"keyseq> would be a good shortcut for a menu item called <gui>Edit Page</gui>."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:317 C/menu-bars.page:275
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:318
-msgid "Redo the last operation"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:142
+msgid ""
+"Shortcuts that can be easily used with one hand are preferable for common "
+"operations."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:323
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:143
msgid ""
-"If your application requires both <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Find</gui></"
-"guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Search</gui></guiseq> menu items, "
-"use <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> as the "
-"shortcut for <gui>Search</gui>."
+"Do not use <key>Alt</key> for shortcut keys, as this may conflict with "
+"access keys."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:328
-msgid "Standard view shortcuts"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:149
+msgid "System reserved shortcuts"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:340 C/menu-bars.page:430
-msgid "<gui>Zoom In</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:151
+msgid ""
+"The following system shortcuts should not be overridden by applications."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:341 C/menu-bars.page:431
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>+</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:342
-msgid "Zoom in on the document"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:153
+msgid ""
+"GNOME 3 makes exclusive use of <key>Super</key>, often known as the windows "
+"key, for system shortcuts. <key>Super</key> should not be used by "
+"applications, therefore."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:345 C/menu-bars.page:435
-msgid "<gui>Zoom Out</gui>"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Shortcut"
+msgid "Legacy Shortcut"
+msgstr "Tastenkombination"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:346 C/menu-bars.page:436
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:161 C/keyboard-input.page:280
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:314 C/keyboard-input.page:394
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:483 C/keyboard-input.page:547
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:617 C/keyboard-input.page:651
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:720 C/notifications.page:37
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:119
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Beschreibung"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:347
-msgid "Zoom out of the document"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:166
+msgid "Activities Overview"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:350 C/menu-bars.page:440
-msgid "<gui>Normal Size</gui>"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:167
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+msgid "<key>Super</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Leertaste</key>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:351 C/menu-bars.page:441
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>0</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>0</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:168 C/keyboard-input.page:174
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:180 C/keyboard-input.page:186
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:222 C/keyboard-input.page:228
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:235 C/keyboard-input.page:240
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:246 C/keyboard-input.page:252
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:291 C/keyboard-input.page:330
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:345 C/keyboard-input.page:351
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:489 C/keyboard-input.page:494
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:499 C/keyboard-input.page:504
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:524 C/keyboard-input.page:553
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:558 C/keyboard-input.page:563
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:584 C/keyboard-input.page:589
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:594 C/keyboard-input.page:599
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:633 C/keyboard-input.page:692
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:726 C/keyboard-input.page:731
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:736
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Nichts"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:352
-msgid "Restore the zoom level to the normal size (generally 100%)"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:169
+msgid "Opens and closes the Activities Overview"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:355 C/menu-bars.page:455
-msgid "<gui>Reload</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:172
+msgid "Applications View"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:356 C/menu-bars.page:451 C/menu-bars.page:456
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:357
-msgid ""
-"Reload the current document, updating content from the source if necessary"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:175
+msgid "Opens and closes the applications view of the Activities Overview"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:360
-msgid "<gui>Properties</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:178
+msgid "Message Tray"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:361
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:179
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:362
-msgid "Display the selected object’s properties window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:367
-msgid ""
-"If your application requires both <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></"
-"guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Refresh</gui></guiseq> menu items, "
-"use <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> as the "
-"shortcut for <gui>Reload</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:372
-msgid "Standard bookmark shortcuts"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:181
+msgid "Toggles the visibility of the Message Tray."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:384 C/menu-bars.page:625
-msgid "<gui>Add Bookmark</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:184
+msgid "Lock"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:385 C/menu-bars.page:626
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:386
-msgid "Add a bookmark for the current location"
-msgstr "Ein Lesezeichen für den aktuellen Ort hinzufügen"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:185
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:389
-msgid "<gui>Edit Bookmarks…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:187
+msgid ""
+"Locks the system by blanking the screen and requiring a password to unlock, "
+"if one has been set."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:390 C/keyboard-input.page:456 C/menu-bars.page:570
-#: C/menu-bars.page:631
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>B</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>B</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Quit the application"
+msgid "Switch application"
+msgstr "Die Anwendung beenden"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:391
-msgid "Open a window in which the user can edit and organize saved bookmarks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:396
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:191
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<key>PageUp</key>, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>, "
+#| "<key>PageDown</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></"
+#| "keyseq>"
msgid ""
-"If your application requires both <guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>Bold</gui></"
-"guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks…</gui></guiseq> "
-"menu items, use <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq> "
-"as the shortcut for <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui>."
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:401
-msgid "Standard navigation shortcut keys"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:413 C/menu-bars.page:664
-msgid "<gui>Back</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:414 C/menu-bars.page:665
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+"<key>Bild↑</key>, <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild↑</key></keyseq>, "
+"<key>Bild↓</key> und <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild↓</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:415
-msgid "Go to the previous location in the navigation chain"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:192
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:418
-msgid "<gui>Next</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:193
+msgid "Switches focus to the next/previous application"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:419 C/menu-bars.page:670
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch window"
+msgid "Switch windows"
+msgstr "Fenster wechseln"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:420
-msgid "Go to the next location in the navigation chain"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:197
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></"
+#| "keyseq>"
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></"
+"keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:423 C/menu-bars.page:674 C/menu-bars.page:679
-msgid "<gui>Up</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:198
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:424 C/menu-bars.page:675
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:199
+msgid ""
+"Switch focus to the next or previous secondary window associated with the "
+"application"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:425
-msgid "Go up one level in the navigation hierarchy"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:202
+msgid "<gui>Maximize</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:428
-msgid "<gui>Home</gui>"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:203
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:429 C/menu-bars.page:680
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Pos1</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:204
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:430
-msgid "Go to the starting point"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:205
+msgid "Maximize the focused window"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:433 C/menu-bars.page:684
-msgid "<gui>Location…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:208
+msgid "<gui>Restore</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:434 C/menu-bars.page:685
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:209
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:435
-msgid ""
-"Present or focus an entry field into which the user can type a new address "
-"or location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:443
-msgid "Standard format shortcut keys"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:210
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:455 C/menu-bars.page:569
-msgid "<gui>Bold</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:211
+msgid "Restores the focused window to its previous state"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:457
-msgid "Make selected text bold/regular"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:214
+msgid "<gui>Hide</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:460 C/menu-bars.page:579
-msgid "<gui>Underline</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>Unterstrich</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:215
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:461 C/menu-bars.page:318 C/menu-bars.page:580
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>U</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>U</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:216
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F9</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F9</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:462
-msgid "Underline/remove underline from selected text"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:217
+msgid "Hide the focused window"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:465 C/menu-bars.page:574
-msgid "<gui>Italic</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:221
+msgid "Switch system area"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:466 C/menu-bars.page:575
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>I</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>I</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-input.page:467
-msgid "Make selected text italic/regular"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/lists.page:43
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/patterns/list-styles.svg' "
-"md5='f0d36f61a5d6e7f980e42c65aefa69c5'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/lists.page:54
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/patterns/editable-lists.svg' "
-"md5='c9e5be503e9cea3d6ca45d15c3e96197'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/lists.page:14
-msgid "Lists"
-msgstr "Listen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/lists.page:16
-msgid ""
-"Lists are a basic user interface element that can be used to present "
-"information, content items, or controls. There are two primary types of list "
-"in GNOME 3: standard lists and tables."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/lists.page:18
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"sidebar-lists\">Sidebar lists</link> are a separate design "
-"pattern which also make use of a list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:23
-msgid ""
-"A list is an appropriate way to present content items that have a distinct "
-"name as their primary identifier. If the content is visual in nature, such "
-"as with photos or videos, you might want to consider using a <link xref="
-"\"grids\">grid</link> instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:25
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, it is advantageous to show both a list and a grid view for "
-"the same content items. Used in this way, a list view allows additional "
-"information to be displayed about the content through columns of information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/lists.page:30
-msgid "Standard lists"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Standard lists are most common list type, and should generally be used in "
-"favor of tables."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:34
-msgid ""
-"In standard lists, each row is divided by separators, and changing the sort "
-"order is acheived by using a control outside the list itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/lists.page:37
-msgid "Styles"
-msgstr "Stile"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Standard lists have two styles: full-width and embedded. Full-width lists "
-"fill the width of their container. This keeps visual complexity to a minimum."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:41
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:223
msgid ""
-"Embedded lists have padding between them and their container. They are "
-"appropriate when the list contains columns of information which need to be "
-"kept close together for readability purposes. Embedded lists can also be "
-"used when a window contains several lists at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/lists.page:48
-msgid "Editable lists"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Editable lists allow a user to add or remove items from the list (for this "
-"reason, they are sometimes known as add/remove lists). Both full-width and "
-"embedded lists can be editable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Each row contains a remove button. If the number of items is short, the "
-"final list row should be used as an add button. Alternatively, if the list "
-"is long, the add button can be placed in a <link xref=\"header-bars\">header "
-"bar</link> or or <link xref=\"action-bars\">action bar</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/lists.page:60
-msgid "Tables"
-msgstr "Tabellen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Tables can be used for more complex multi-column lists, where sorting the "
-"table by a variety of columns is common. Column headers allow people to "
-"identify the type of information in each column and to reorder the list "
-"according to the content of each column."
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and "
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:64
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:224
msgid ""
-"When using column headers, indicate the sort order using arrows on the "
-"header."
+"Switches focus to the primary areas of the system: windows, top bar, message "
+"tray"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:69
-msgid "Order"
-msgstr "Reihenfolge"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:70
-msgid "Arrow Direction"
-msgstr "Pfeilrichtung"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:71
-msgid "Example"
-msgstr "Beispiel"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:76
-msgid "Natural"
-msgstr "Natürlich"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:227
+msgid "Power Off"
+msgstr "Ausschalten"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:77
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Down"
-msgstr "Nach unten"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:229
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Entf</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:78
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:230
msgid ""
-"Alphabetical, smallest number first, earliest date first, checked items first"
+"Prompts the user to power off the system. This shortcut is typically "
+"disabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Reverse"
-msgstr "Umkehren"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:233
+msgid "Window menu"
+msgstr "Fenstermenü"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:82
-msgid "Up"
-msgstr "Hoch"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:234
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Reverse alphabetical, largest number first, most recent date first, "
-"unchecked items first"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/lists.page:92
-msgid "Row behavior"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:236
+msgid "Opens the window menu for the current window"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:94
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the type of list, rows have different behaviors when they are "
-"clicked or pressed. There are three types of list in this regard:"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:239 C/keyboard-input.page:375
+msgid "<gui>Close</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:99
-msgid "List Type"
-msgstr "Listentyp"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:241
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:100
-msgid "Row Behavior"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:242
+msgid "Closes the focused window"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:105
-msgid "Navigation"
-msgstr "Navigation"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:245
+msgid "<gui>Move</gui>"
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:106
-msgid ""
-"Selecting a row opens the corresponding item, whether it is by browsing to a "
-"new view or opening a dialog. This pattern is common for lists of content "
-"items, or for presenting groups of settings."
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:247
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:109
-msgid "Select"
-msgstr "Auswählen"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:248
+msgid "Move the focused window"
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:110
-msgid ""
-"The list item is selected when it is clicked or pressed. This approach is "
-"often used for selecting one of a series of configuration options. In the "
-"case of <link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">drop-down lists</link>, one option is "
-"always selected. The selected row is indicated by a check mark."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:251
+msgid "<gui>Resize</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/lists.page:113 C/menu-bars.page:245
-msgid "Edit"
-msgstr "Bearbeiten"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:253
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/lists.page:114
-msgid ""
-"Selecting the row item turns the row into a text entry field, which allows "
-"the item to be edited."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:254
+msgid "Resize the focused window"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/lists.page:119
-msgid ""
-"Navigation style lists can be combined with <link xref=\"selection-mode"
-"\">selection mode</link> in order to allow rows to be both opened and "
-"manipulated. Using double-click to open list items should be avoided, since "
-"it is undiscoverable and is incompatible with touch input."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/lists.page:127
-msgid ""
-"Differentiate the different types of information using different alignments, "
-"<link xref=\"typography\">text colors and weights</link>. Highlight the most "
-"important and relevant information by giving other information a lighter "
-"weight and/or color."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/lists.page:128
-msgid ""
-"Be careful not to overpopulate lists with different columns and elements, "
-"and ensure that you only use them to present essential information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/lists.page:129
-msgid ""
-"As a rule of thumb, avoid using several lists in the same window, "
-"particularly primary windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/lists.page:130
-msgid ""
-"Do not use lists with fewer than about five items, unless the number of "
-"items may increase over time. For options lists, check boxes or radio "
-"buttons can be used as an alternative in this case."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/lists.page:131
-msgid ""
-"Ensure that lists are ordered to be helpful to those who are using them. "
-"Recent documents might be more useful than alphabetically ordered documents, "
-"or contacts that are online might be more interesting than those who are "
-"offline, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/lists.page:132
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:259
msgid ""
-"If you use icons in your list, <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\">use symbolic "
-"icons</link>. The lower visual footprint of these icons will mean that they "
-"do not visually overload or dominate your list."
+"In addition, the shortcuts for Unicode character entry should also be "
+"avoided. This includes <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></"
+"keyseq> through to <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></"
+"keyseq>, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>0</key></keyseq> "
+"through to <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>9</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/lists.page:133
-msgid ""
-"If the list is long, make it possible to search it using the standard <link "
-"xref=\"search\">search design pattern</link>."
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:264
+msgid "Standard application shortcuts"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/menu-bars.page:31 C/ui-elements.page:34
-msgctxt "_"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:266
msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/ui-elements/menu-bar.svg' "
-"md5='b27a9fa81c37203e8cfdd99458539dfd'"
+"This section details common application keyboard shortcuts. With the "
+"exception of application shortcuts, these shortcuts only need to be followed "
+"when the corresponding action is included in your application. Standard "
+"shortcuts can be assigned to other actions if the standard action is not "
+"available."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:25
-msgid "Menu bars"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:27
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:268
msgid ""
-"A menu bar incorporates a strip of drop-down menus. It is typically located "
-"at the top of a primary window, below a window title bar."
+"This section also provides guidance on standard menu items in a <link xref="
+"\"menu-bars\">menu bar</link>, should one be used."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:29
-msgid ""
-"The menubar is normally visible at all times and is always accessible from "
-"the keyboard, so make all the commands available in your application "
-"available on the menubar."
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:271
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Multiplication"
+msgid "Application"
+msgstr "Multiplikation"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:36
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:273
msgid ""
-"Menu bars increase the vertical footprint of an application’s user "
-"interface, introduce a large number of disclosure points, and function as a "
-"fixed set of inflexible options. For these reasons, <link xref=\"header-bars"
-"\">header bars</link> and <link xref=\"header-bar-menus\">header bar menus</"
-"link> are generally recommended over menu bars, along with other design "
-"patterns for exposing controls on demand, such as <link xref=\"selection-mode"
-"\">selection mode</link>, <link xref=\"action-bars\">action bars</link>, and "
-"<link xref=\"popovers\">popovers</link>."
+"Standard application keyboard shortcuts and menu items. These application "
+"shortcuts should not be reassigned to other actions, even when the "
+"corresponding action is not provided by your application."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:38
-msgid ""
-"At the same time, menu bars can still be an appropriate choice, particularly "
-"for applications that already incorporate a header bar. Some platforms also "
-"incorporate space for a menu bar in their user environment, and a menu model "
-"can be desirable for cross-platform integration purposes."
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:278 C/keyboard-input.page:312
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:392 C/keyboard-input.page:481
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:545 C/keyboard-input.page:615
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:649 C/keyboard-input.page:718
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "Beschriftung"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Do not disable menu titles. Allow the user to explore the menu, even though "
-"there might be no available items on it at that time."
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:286
+msgid "<key>F1</key>"
+msgstr "<key>F1</key>"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:47
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:287
msgid ""
-"Menu titles on a menubar are single words with their first letter "
-"capitalized. Do not use spaces in menu titles, as this makes them easily-"
-"mistaken for two separate menu titles. Do not use compound words (such as "
-"<gui>WindowOptions</gui>) or hyphens (such as <gui>Window-Options</gui>) to "
-"circumvent this guideline."
+"Opens the default help browser on the contents page for the application."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:48
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:292
msgid ""
-"Do not provide a mechanism for hiding the menubar, as this may be activated "
-"accidentally. Some users will not be able to figure out how to get the menu "
-"bar back in this case."
+"Opens the About dialog for the application. Use the standard GNOME 3 dialog "
+"for this."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:54
-msgid "Standard menus"
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:296
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Q</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Q</key></keyseq>"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:56
-msgid ""
-"This section details the most common menus and menu items in a menu bar."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:297
+msgid "Closes the application, including all application windows."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:59
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:305
msgid "File"
msgstr "Datei"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:61
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>File</gui> menu contains commands that operate on the current "
-"document. It is the left-most item in the menubar because of its importance "
-"and frequency of use, and because it is a relevant menu in many "
-"applications. Historically, because most applications already had this menu, "
-"and because the distinction between closing documents and closing windows "
-"became blurred over time, the <gui>File</gui> menu has also become the "
-"standard location for <gui>Quit</gui>."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:307
+msgid "Standard file keyboard shortcuts and menu items."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:63
-msgid ""
-"The items on the <gui>File</gui> menu are generally ordered by locality, "
-"closest first. That is, items to save or load from file, followed by "
-"printing, followed by sending to a remote user. Try to maintain this "
-"ordering if you have to add new items to the menu."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:319
+msgid "<gui>New</gui>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:65
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:320
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:321
msgid ""
-"If your application does not operate on documents, name this item for the "
-"type of object it displays. For example, many games should have a <gui>Game</"
-"gui> instead of a <gui>File</gui> menu. However, place the <gui>Quit</gui> "
-"menu item last on this menu nonetheless."
+"Creates a new content item, often (but not always) in a new primary window "
+"or tab. If your application can create a number of different types of "
+"document, you can make the <gui>New</gui> item a submenu, containing a menu "
+"item for each type. Label these items <gui>New</gui> document type, make the "
+"first entry in the submenu the most commonly used document type, and give it "
+"the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> shortcut."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:68
-msgid "Creation and opening operation menu items"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:324
+msgid "<gui>Open…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:73 C/menu-bars.page:102 C/menu-bars.page:155
-#: C/menu-bars.page:192 C/menu-bars.page:214 C/menu-bars.page:262
-#: C/menu-bars.page:290 C/menu-bars.page:347 C/menu-bars.page:397
-#: C/menu-bars.page:474 C/menu-bars.page:547 C/menu-bars.page:618
-#: C/menu-bars.page:657 C/menu-bars.page:699 C/menu-bars.page:751
-#: C/menu-bars.page:785
-msgid "Label"
-msgstr "Beschriftung"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:325
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>O</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:82
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:326
msgid ""
-"Creates a new document. Open a new primary window, with the title "
-"<gui>Document name</gui>, containing a blank document. How this window is "
-"displayed, eg: as a tab or a separate window, is up to the window manager."
+"Opens an existing content item, often by presenting the user with a standard "
+"<gui>Open File</gui> dialog. If the chosen file is already open in the "
+"application, raise that window instead of opening a new one."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:83
-msgid ""
-"If your application can create a number of different types of document, you "
-"can make the <gui>New</gui> item a submenu, containing a menu item for each "
-"type. Label these items <gui>New</gui> document type, make the first entry "
-"in the submenu the most commonly used document type, and give it the "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> shortcut."
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:329
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Underline</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>Open Recent</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Unterstrich</gui>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:84
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:331
msgid ""
-"Note: A blank document will not necessarily be completely blank. For "
-"example, a document created from a template may already contain some data."
+"A submenu which contains a list of no more than six recently used files, "
+"ordered according to most recently used."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:87
-msgid "<gui>Open…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:334
+msgid "<gui>Save</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:89
-msgid ""
-"Opens an existing document in a new window. Present the user with a standard "
-"<gui>Open File</gui> dialog from which they can choose an existing file. If "
-"the chosen file is already open in the application, raise that window "
-"instead of opening a new one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:97
-msgid "Saved state operation menu items"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:335
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:111
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:336
msgid ""
-"Saves the document with its current filename. If the document already has a "
-"filename associated with it, save the document immediately without any "
-"further interaction from the user. If there are any additional options "
-"involved in saving a file (eg. DOS or UNIX-style line endings in a text "
-"file), prompt for these first time the document is saved, but subsequently "
-"use the same values each time until the user changes them. If the document "
-"has no current filename or is read-only, selecting this item should be the "
-"same as selecting <gui>Save As</gui>."
+"Saves the current content item. If the document already has a filename "
+"associated with it, save the document immediately without any further "
+"interaction from the user. If there are any additional options involved in "
+"saving a file, prompt for these first time the document is saved, but "
+"subsequently use the same values each time until the user changes them. If "
+"the document has no current filename or is read-only, selecting this item "
+"should be the same as selecting <gui>Save As</gui>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:114
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:339
msgid "<gui>Save As…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:115
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:340
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:116
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:341
msgid ""
-"Saves the document with a new filename. Present the user with the standard "
-"<gui>Save As</gui> dialog, and save the file with the chosen file name."
+"Saves the content item with a new filename. Present the user with the "
+"standard <gui>Save As</gui> dialog, and save the file with the chosen file "
+"name."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:119
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:344
msgid "<gui>Save a Copy…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:120 C/menu-bars.page:126 C/menu-bars.page:131
-#: C/menu-bars.page:136 C/menu-bars.page:141 C/menu-bars.page:163
-#: C/menu-bars.page:405 C/menu-bars.page:410 C/menu-bars.page:415
-#: C/menu-bars.page:421 C/menu-bars.page:426 C/menu-bars.page:446
-#: C/menu-bars.page:482 C/menu-bars.page:487 C/menu-bars.page:492
-#: C/menu-bars.page:497 C/menu-bars.page:502 C/menu-bars.page:507
-#: C/menu-bars.page:512 C/menu-bars.page:517 C/menu-bars.page:522
-#: C/menu-bars.page:527 C/menu-bars.page:555 C/menu-bars.page:560
-#: C/menu-bars.page:565 C/menu-bars.page:586 C/menu-bars.page:592
-#: C/menu-bars.page:597 C/menu-bars.page:602 C/menu-bars.page:636
-#: C/menu-bars.page:717 C/menu-bars.page:759 C/menu-bars.page:764
-#: C/menu-bars.page:769 C/menu-bars.page:798
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Nichts"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:121
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:346
msgid ""
"Prompts the user to enter a filename, with which a copy of the document is "
"then saved. Do not alter either the view or the filename of the original "
@@ -4416,7 +4327,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:122
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:347
msgid ""
"Like the <gui>Save As</gui> dialog, the <gui>Save a Copy</gui> dialog may "
"present different ways to save the data. For example, an image may be saved "
@@ -4424,68 +4335,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:125
-msgid "<gui>Revert</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:127
-msgid ""
-"Reverts the document to the last saved state. Present the user with a "
-"warning that all changes will be lost, and offer the option of cancelling "
-"before reloading the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:130
-msgid "<gui>Save Version</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:132
-msgid ""
-"An alternative to the <gui>Save a Copy</gui> command. Only use this item in "
-"conjunction with the <gui>Restore Version</gui> command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:135
-msgid "<gui>Restore Version…</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:137
-msgid ""
-"Prompts the user for a version of the current document to be restored. "
-"Present the user with with a warning that all changes will be lost, and "
-"offer the option of cancelling before restoring the version. Only use this "
-"item in conjunction with the <gui>Save Version</gui> command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:140
-msgid "<gui>Versions…</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:142
-msgid ""
-"An alternative to the <gui>Save Version</gui> and <gui>Restore Version</gui> "
-"commands. Use this when more utilities, such as a diff, are available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:150
-msgid "Export operations menu items"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:162
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:350
msgid "<gui>Page Setup</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:164
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:352
msgid ""
"Allows the user to control print-related settings. Present the user with a "
"dialog allowing the user to set such options as portrait or landscape "
@@ -4493,81 +4348,78 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:167
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:355
msgid "<gui>Print Preview</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:168
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></"
-"keyseq>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:356
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:169
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:357
msgid ""
"Shows the user what the printed document will look like. Present a new "
"window containing an accurate representation of the appearance of the "
-"document as it would be printed. The libgnomeprintui library provides a "
-"standard <gui>Print Preview</gui> window that you should use if possible."
+"document as it would be printed."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:172
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:360
msgid "<gui>Print…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:174
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:361
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:362
msgid ""
"Prints the current document. Present the user with a dialog allowing them to "
"set options like the page range to be printed, the printer to be used, and "
"so on. The dialog must contain a button labelled <gui>Print</gui> that "
-"starts printing and closes the dialog. The libgnomeprintui library provides "
-"a standard <gui>Print</gui> dialog that you should use if possible."
+"starts printing and closes the dialog."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:177
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:365
msgid "<gui>Send To…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:178
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:366
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:179
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:367
msgid ""
"Provides the user a means to attach or send the current document as an email "
"or email attachment, depending on its format. You may provide more than one "
"<gui>Send</gui> item depending on which options are available. If there are "
"more than two such items, move them into a submenu. For example, if only "
-"<gui>Send by Email</gui> and <gui>Send by Fax</gui> are available, leave "
-"them on the top-level menu If there is a third option, such as <gui>Send by "
-"FTP</gui>, place all the options in a Send submenu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:187
-msgid "File properties menu items"
+"<gui>Send by Email</gui> and <gui>Send by Bluetooth</gui> are available, "
+"leave them on the top-level menu If there is a third option, such as "
+"<gui>Send by FTP</gui>, place all the options in a Send submenu."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:199
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:370
msgid "<gui>Properties…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:200
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:371
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Return</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:201
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:372
msgid ""
"Opens the document’s <gui>Properties</gui> window. This may contain editable "
"information, such as the document author’s name, or read-only information, "
@@ -4577,267 +4429,190 @@ msgid ""
"line."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:209
-msgid "Closing operations menu items"
-msgstr ""
-
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:223
-msgid ""
-"Closes the current document. If it has unsaved changes, present the user "
-"with a confirmation alert giving the option to save changes, discard them, "
-"or cancel the action without closing or saving the document."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:224
-msgid ""
-"If the window you are closing is the last open document in the application, "
-"the correct action depends on your application type:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:226
-msgid "Single document interface: close the application"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:227
-msgid ""
-"Controlled single document interface: leave only the control window open"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:228
-msgid ""
-"Multiple document interface: close the current document and create a new "
-"blank document"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:235
-msgid ""
-"Closes the application. If there are unsaved changes in any open documents, "
-"present the user with a confirmation alert for each affected document, "
-"giving the option to save the changes, discard them, or cancel. If there are "
-"no unsaved changes, close the application immediately without presenting any "
-"further messages or dialogs."
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:376 C/tabs.page:81
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:236
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:377
msgid ""
-"In particular, non-document based applications, for example a game or a "
-"calculator, should save their state and exit immediately. This state should "
-"be restored the next time the application is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:247
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Edit</gui> menu contains items relating to editing both the "
-"document (clipboard handling, search and replace, and inserting special "
-"objects) and the user’s preferences. <gui>Preferences</gui> are edited here "
-"rather than on a <gui>Settings</gui> menu, because:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:250
-msgid ""
-"most applications’ preferences windows are accessed via a single menu item, "
-"and single-item menus offer poor usability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:251
-msgid "most applications already contain a suitable Edit menu."
+"Closes the current tab or window. If the window uses tabs and there is only "
+"one open, the shortcut should close the window."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:255
-msgid "Modification history menu items"
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:385 C/lists.page:121
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "Bearbeiten"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:257
-msgid ""
-"Document-based applications should maintain a history of modifications to a "
-"document and the state of the document between each action. The Undo and "
-"Redo commands move backwards and forwards through this history."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:387
+msgid "Standard edit keyboard shortcuts and menu items."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:269
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:399
msgid "<gui>Undo <em>action</em></gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:271
-msgid ""
-"Undoes the effect of the previous action in the undo history list. Revert "
-"the document to its state before the previous action was performed. If your "
-"application supports undo, and the user undoes all changes since it was last "
-"saved, treat the document as unmodified. Note: provide a separate <gui>Undo</"
-"gui> and <gui>Redo</gui> menu item even if your application only supports "
-"one level of undo."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:400
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:401
+msgid "Reverts the effect of the previous action."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:274
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:404
msgid "<gui>Redo <em>action</em></gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:276
-msgid ""
-"Performs the next action in the undo history list, after the user has moved "
-"backwards through the list with the <gui>Undo</gui> command. Move the user "
-"one step forwards again, restoring the document to the state it was in after "
-"that action was originally performed."
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:405
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:277
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:406
msgid ""
-"Note: provide a separate <gui>Undo</gui> and <gui>Redo</gui> menu item even "
-"if your application only supports one level of undo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:285
-msgid "Selected data manipulation menu items"
+"Performs the next action in the undo history list, after the user has moved "
+"backwards through the list with the <gui>Undo</gui> command."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:297
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:409
msgid "<gui>Cut</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:298
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:410
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:299
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:411
msgid ""
"Removes the selected content and places it onto the clipboard. Visually, "
"remove the content from the document in the same manner as <gui>Delete</gui>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:302
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:414
msgid "<gui>Copy</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Kopieren</gui>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:303
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:415
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:304
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:416
msgid "Copies the selected content onto the clipboard."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:307
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:419
msgid "<gui>Paste</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Einfügen</gui>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:308
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:420
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:309
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:421
msgid ""
-"Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the document. If there is no "
-"current selection, use the caret as the insertion point. If there is a "
-"current selection, replace it with the clipboard contents."
+"Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the content item. When editing "
+"text, if there is no current selection, use the caret as the insertion "
+"point. If there is a current selection, replace it with the clipboard "
+"contents."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:312
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:424
msgid "<gui>Paste Special…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:313
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:425
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:314
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:426
msgid ""
-"Inserts a non-default representation of the clipboard contents into the "
-"document. Open a dialog presenting a list of the available formats from "
-"which the user can select. For example, if the clipboard contains a PNG file "
-"copied from a file manager, the image may be embedded in the document, or a "
-"link to the file inserted so that changes to the image on disk are always "
-"reflected in the document."
+"Inserts a non-default representation of the clipboard contents. Open a "
+"dialog presenting a list of the available formats from which the user can "
+"select. For example, if the clipboard contains a PNG file copied from a file "
+"manager, the image may be embedded in the document, or a link to the file "
+"inserted so that changes to the image on disk are always reflected in the "
+"document."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:317
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:429
msgid "<gui>Duplicate</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:319
-msgid ""
-"Creates a duplicate copy of the selected object. Do not prompt for a name "
-"for the duplicate object, but give it a sensible default (for example, Copy "
-"of ShoppingList.abw) and allow the user to change it later. Place the "
-"duplicate copy as near the original as possible without overlapping it, even "
-"if this means breaking the current sort order within the container, so the "
-"user sees it immediately."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:430 C/keyboard-input.page:578
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>U</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>U</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:431
+msgid "Creates a duplicate copy of the selected object."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:322
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:434
msgid "<gui>Delete</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:323
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:435
msgid "<key>Delete</key>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:324
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:436
msgid "Removes the selected content without placing it on the clipboard."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:327
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:439
msgid "<gui>Select All</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:328 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:92
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:440 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:92
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:329
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:441
msgid "Selects all content in the current document."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:332
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:444
msgid "<gui>Deselect All</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:333 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:97
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:445 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:97
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:334
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:446
msgid ""
"Deselects all content in the current document. Only provide this item in "
"situations when no other method of undoing selection is possible or apparent "
@@ -4848,863 +4623,1246 @@ msgid ""
"to enter unicode characters so its shortcut will not work."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:342
-msgid "Searching and replacing menu items"
-msgstr ""
-
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:354
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:449
msgid "<gui>Find…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:355
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:450
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>F</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:356
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:451
msgid ""
-"Opens a window or dialog allowing the user to search for specific content in "
-"the current document. Highlight each match in-place. If the command allows "
-"the user to search for content in places other than the current document, "
-"for example other open documents, other documents on disk, or a remote "
-"network location, label this item <gui>Search</gui> instead of <gui>Find</"
-"gui>."
+"Displays a user interface for allowing the user to search for specific "
+"content in the current content item or page."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:359
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:454
msgid "<gui>Find Next</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:360
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:455
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:361
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:456
msgid ""
"Selects the next instance of the last Find term in the current document."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:364
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:459
msgid "<gui>Find Previous</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:365
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:460
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:366
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:461
msgid ""
"Selects the previous instance of the last <gui>Find</gui> term in the "
"current document."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:369
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:464
msgid "<gui>Replace…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:370
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:465
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:371
-msgid ""
-"Opens a window or dialog allowing the user to search for specific content in "
-"the current document, and replace each occurrence with new content."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:379
-msgid "Inserting special objects"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:381
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:466
msgid ""
-"Where applicable, provide items on the <gui>Edit</gui> menu that insert "
-"special objects such as images, links, GUI controls or the current date and "
-"time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:383
-msgid ""
-"If you have up to three types of object that can be inserted, add them as "
-"individual items to this menu, for example <gui>Insert Image</gui>, or "
-"<gui>Insert External Link</gui>. If you have between three and six types, "
-"place them on an <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Insert</gui></guiseq> submenu. "
-"If you have more than six, add a separate <gui>Insert</gui> menu to the "
-"menubar."
+"Displays a user interface allowing the user to find specific content and "
+"replace each occurrence."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:390
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:474
msgid "View"
msgstr "Ansicht"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:392
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>View</gui> menu contains only items that affect the user’s view of "
-"the current document. Do not place any items on the <gui>View</gui> menu "
-"that affect the content of the current document. (Exception: "
-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> may change the current "
-"contents if, for example, the document is a webpage that has been recently "
-"updated on the server)."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:476
+msgid "View keyboard shortcuts and menu items."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:404
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:488
msgid "<gui>Icons</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:406
-msgid ""
-"Shows the contents of the selected container as rows and columns of large "
-"icons, each with its name underneath. This is a radio button menu item."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:490
+msgid "Shows content as a grid of icons. This is a radio button menu item."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:409
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:493
msgid "<gui>List</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:411
-msgid ""
-"Shows the contents of the selected container as a list of small icons, "
-"possibly in multiple columns, each with its name on its right-hand side. "
-"This is a radio button menu item."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:495
+msgid "Shows content as a list. This is a radio button menu item."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:414
-msgid "<gui>Details</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:498
+msgid "<gui>Sort By…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:416
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:500
msgid ""
-"Shows the contents of the selected container as single column of small "
-"icons, each with its name on its right-hand side. Additional columns give "
-"extra information about the object each icon represents, for example the "
-"size and modification date of files in a file manager. This is a radio "
-"button menu item."
+"Specifies the criteria by which content should be sorted. Can open a "
+"preference dialog, popover, or sub-menu."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:417
-msgid ""
-"If your application has no need for both <gui>List</gui> and <gui>Details</"
-"gui> modes, use the List item for whichever of the two modes you support."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:503
+msgid "<gui>Filter…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:420
-msgid "<gui>Sort By…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:505
+msgid ""
+"Allows content to be filtered, by opening a popover, drop down, or dialog."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:422
-msgid ""
-"Sorts the contents of a container by user-specified criteria. Open a dialog "
-"allowing the user to choose from pre-defined sort keys (for example, Name, "
-"Size, or Modification Date in a file manager), or to specify their own if "
-"applicable."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:508
+msgid "<gui>Zoom In</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:425
-msgid "<gui>Filter…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:509
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>+</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:510
+msgid "Zooms in, making content appear larger."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:427
-msgid ""
-"Hides objects that are not of interest to the user. Open a dialog allowing "
-"the user to choose from a list of types of object they want to display, or "
-"to enter their own criteria (for example, a regular expression matched "
-"against a particular property of the objects)."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:513
+msgid "<gui>Zoom Out</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:432
-msgid ""
-"Zooms into the document. Make the center of the new view the same as the "
-"center of the previous view."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:514
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:515
+msgid "Zooms out, making content appear smaller."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:437
-msgid ""
-"Zooms out of the document. Make the center of the new view the same as the "
-"center of the previous view."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:518
+msgid "<gui>Normal Size</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:442
-msgid ""
-"Resets the zoom level back to the default value, normally 100%. Make the "
-"center of the new view the same as the center of the previous view."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:519
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>0</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>0</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:520
+msgid "Resets the zoom level back to the default value."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:445
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:523
msgid "<gui>Best Fit</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:447
-msgid ""
-"Makes the document fill the window. Show the document, or the current page "
-"of the document, at as high a zoom level as will fit in the window whilst "
-"allowing the whole document or page to be visible without scrolling."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:525
+msgid "Makes the document fill the window."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:450
-msgid "<gui>Refresh</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:528
+msgid "<gui>Reload</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:452
-msgid ""
-"Redraws the current view of the document from local storage. For example, in "
-"a web browser application, this would redraw the page from the browser page "
-"cache."
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:529
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:457
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:530
msgid ""
"Redraws the current view of the document, checking the data source for "
"changes first. For example, checks the web server for updates to the page "
-"before redrawing it. If your application requires both <gui>Reload</gui> and "
-"<gui>Refresh</gui>, use <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></"
-"keyseq> as the shortcut for <gui>Reload</gui>."
+"before redrawing it."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:465
-msgid "Insert"
-msgstr "Einfügen"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:538
+msgid "Format"
+msgstr "Format"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:467
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Insert</gui> menu lists the type of special objects that can be "
-"inserted into the document at the current caret position, for example "
-"images, links, page breaks or GUI objects. Only provide this menu if you "
-"have more than about six types of object that can be inserted, otherwise "
-"place individual items for each type on the <gui>Edit</gui> menu."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:540
+msgid "Standard format keyboard shortcuts and menu items."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:469
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:552
+msgid "<gui>Style…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:554
msgid ""
-"The types of object will vary between applications, but the table below "
-"shows some common types that may be applicable."
+"Sets the style attributes of the selected text or objects either "
+"individually or to a named, predefined style."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:481
-msgid "<gui>Page Break</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:557
+msgid "<gui>Font…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:483
-msgid ""
-"Inserts a page break at the caret position. Show the page break visually, "
-"for example as a dotted line across the page, unless the user has "
-"specifically requested not to see them."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:559
+msgid "Sets the font properties of the selected text or objects."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:486
-msgid "<gui>Date and Time…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:562
+msgid "<gui>Paragraph…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:488
-msgid ""
-"Inserts the current date and/or time at the caret position. Open a dialog "
-"giving a choice of date and time formats. If applicable, also offer the "
-"choice to insert either as plain text, so the specified date and time will "
-"always appear in the document, or as a special field that will updated every "
-"time the document is opened, refreshed or printed."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:564
+msgid "Sets the properties of the selected paragraph."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:491
-msgid "<gui>Symbol…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:567
+msgid "<gui>Bold</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:493
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:568 C/keyboard-input.page:628
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>B</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>B</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:569
msgid ""
-"Inserts a special symbol, such as a mathematical symbol or foreign "
-"character, at the caret position. Open a dialog showing all the available "
-"symbols as a table, from which the user can choose. The user must be able to "
-"add multiple symbols to the document at one time without having to close and "
-"re-open the dialog."
+"Toggles the boldness of the current text selection. If some of the selection "
+"is currently bold and some is not, this command should bolden the selected "
+"text."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:496
-msgid "<gui>Sheet…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:572
+msgid "<gui>Italic</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:498
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:573
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>I</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>I</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:574
msgid ""
-"Adds a new sheet to the current workbook. Do not prompt for a name, but "
-"choose a sensible default (such as <gui>Sheet-2</gui>) and allow the user to "
-"change it later."
+"Toggles the italicisation of the current text selection on or off. If some "
+"of the selection is currently italicized and some is not, this command "
+"should italicise the selected text."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:501
-msgid "<gui>Rows…</gui>"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:577
+msgid "<gui>Underline</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Unterstrich</gui>"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:503
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:579
msgid ""
-"Adds new rows to a table in which one or more rows or cells are currently "
-"selected. Open a dialog asking whether to insert rows above or below the "
-"current selection, and for any other required information. Copy the row "
-"format from the last or first row of the current selection respectively, "
-"unless the user specifies otherwise."
+"Toggles underlining of the current text selection. If some of the selection "
+"is currently underlined and some is not, this command should underline the "
+"selected text."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:506
-msgid "<gui>Columns…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:583
+msgid "<gui>Cells…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:508
-msgid ""
-"Adds new columns to a table in which one or more columns or cells are "
-"currently selected. Open a dialog asking whether to insert columns to the "
-"left or right of the current selection, and for any other required "
-"information. Copy the column format from the right- or left-most column of "
-"the current selection respectively, unless the user specifies otherwise."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:585
+msgid "Sets the properties of the selected table cells."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:511
-msgid "<gui>Image…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:588
+msgid "<gui>List…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:513
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:590
msgid ""
-"Inserts an image into the document from a file. Present a standard Open File "
-"dialog filtered on acceptable file types, from which the user can choose an "
-"image file to insert."
+"Sets the properties of the selected list, or turns the selected paragraphs "
+"into a list if they are not already formatted as such."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:516
-msgid "<gui>Graph…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:593
+msgid "<gui>Layer…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:518
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:595
msgid ""
-"Inserts a graph into the document. Open a dialog or assistant that allows "
-"the user to build (or open from a file) a graph of their choice, using the "
-"current selection as an indication of which values, axis labels and data "
-"labels to use."
+"Sets the properties of all or selected layers of a multi-layered document."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:521
-msgid "<gui>From File…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:598
+msgid "<gui>Page…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:523
-msgid ""
-"Inserts an object from any acceptable file type, for example plain text, "
-"formatted text, or an image. Present a standard Open File dialog filtered on "
-"acceptable file types, from which the user can choose a file to insert"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:600
+msgid "Sets the properties of all or selected pages of the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:608
+msgid "Bookmarks"
+msgstr "Lesezeichen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:610
+msgid "Standard bookmark keyboard shortcuts and menu items."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:526
-msgid "<gui>External Link…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:622
+msgid "<gui>Add Bookmark</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:528
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:623
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:624
msgid ""
-"Inserts a link to an object stored in a different file, or on a remote "
-"system. The object is not embedded in or saved with the document, only a "
-"link to it. Open a dialog in which the user can type or choose the name of "
-"the object, for example a filename or a webpage URL. Show the link in the "
-"document in as informative way as possible. For example, show a link to an "
-"image as a thumbnail of that image, unless the user specifies otherwise."
+"Adds a bookmark for the current location. Do not pop up a dialog asking for "
+"a title or location for the bookmark, instead choose sensible defaults (such "
+"as the document’s title or filename as the bookmark name) and allow the user "
+"to change them later using the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:627
+msgid "<gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:629
+msgid "Allows the user to edit their bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:632
+msgid "Bookmark List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:634
+msgid "Displays the user’s bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:536
-msgid "Format"
-msgstr "Format"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:642
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Go"
+msgstr "Los"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:538
-msgid ""
-"A <gui>Format</gui> menu contains commands to change the visual appearance "
-"of the document. For example, changing the font, color, or line spacing of a "
-"text selection."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:644
+msgid "Standard navigation keyboard shortcuts and <gui>Go</gui> menu items."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:540
-msgid ""
-"The difference between these commands and those on the <gui>View</gui> menu "
-"is that changes made with Format commands are persistent and saved as part "
-"of the document, for example as HTML or RTF tags."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:656
+msgid "<gui>Back</gui>"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:542
-msgid ""
-"Items found on the Format menu will be very application-specific, but some "
-"common items are listed in the table below."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:657
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:658
+msgid "Navigates to the previous location."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:554
-msgid "<gui>Style…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:661
+msgid "<gui>Forward</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:556
-msgid ""
-"Sets the style attributes of the selected text or objects either "
-"individually or to a named, predefined style. Open a dialog allowing the "
-"user to set attributes such as bold, italic, size and spacing individually, "
-"and to create their own named styles where applicable."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:662
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:663
+msgid "Navigates to the next location in the navigation history."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:559
-msgid "<gui>Font…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:666
+msgid "<gui>Up</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:561
-msgid ""
-"Sets the font properties of the selected text or objects. Open a dialog "
-"allowing the user to choose font, size, style, color, or whatever other "
-"attributes are applicable."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:667
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:564
-msgid "<gui>Paragraph…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:668
+msgid "Navigates to the parent content item, document, page or section."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:566
-msgid ""
-"Sets the properties of the selected paragraph. Open a dialog allowing the "
-"user to choose style, line spacing, tabulation, or whatever other attributes "
-"are applicable."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:671
+msgid "<gui>Home</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:571
-msgid ""
-"Toggles the boldness of the current text selection on or off. If some of the "
-"selection is currently bold and some is not, this command should bolden the "
-"selected text."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:672
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Pos1</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:673
+msgid "Navigates to a starting page defined by the user or the application."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:576
-msgid ""
-"Toggles the italicisation of the current text selection on or off. If some "
-"of the selection is currently italicized and some is not, this command "
-"should italicise the selected text."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:676
+msgid "<gui>Location…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:581
-msgid ""
-"Toggles underlining of the current text selection. If some of the selection "
-"is currently underlined and some is not, this command should underline the "
-"selected text."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:677
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:678
+msgid "Allows the user to specify a URI to navigate to."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:585
-msgid "<gui>Cells…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:681
+msgid "<gui>Previous Page</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:587
-msgid ""
-"Sets the properties of the selected table cells. Open a dialog allowing the "
-"user to choose alignment, borders, shading, text style, number format, or "
-"whatever other attributes are applicable."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:682
+msgid "<key>PageUp</key>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:591
-msgid "<gui>List…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:683
+msgid "Navigates to the previous page in the document."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:593
-msgid ""
-"Sets the properties of the selected list, or turns the selected paragraphs "
-"into a list if they are not already formatted as such. Open a dialog "
-"allowing the user to choose number or bullet style, spacing, tabulation, or "
-"whatever other attributes are applicable."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:686
+msgid "<gui>Next Page</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:596
-msgid "<gui>Layer…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:687
+msgid "<key>PageDown</key>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:598
-msgid ""
-"Sets the properties of all or selected layers of a multi-layered document. "
-"Open a dialog allowing the user to choose name, size, visibility, opacity, z-"
-"ordering, or whatever other attributes are applicable."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:688
+msgid "Navigates to the next page in the document."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:601
-msgid "<gui>Page…</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:691
+msgid "<gui>Go to Page…</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:603
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:693
msgid ""
-"Sets the properties of all or selected pages of the document. Open a dialog "
-"allowing the user to choose paper size, orientation, columns, margins, or "
-"whatever other attributes are applicable."
+"Allows the user to specify a page number to be navigated to. Text-based "
+"applications may also include a <gui>Go to Line…</gui> menu item, which "
+"allows the user to jump to a specified line number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:696
+msgid "<gui>First Page</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:697
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Pos1</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:698
+msgid "Navigates to the first page in the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:701
+msgid "<gui>Last Page</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:702
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Ende</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:703
+msgid "Navigates to the last page in the document."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:611
-msgid "Bookmarks"
-msgstr "Lesezeichen"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:711
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr "Fenster"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:613
-msgid ""
-"Provide a Bookmarks menu in any application that allows the user to browse "
-"files and folders, help documents, web pages or any other large information "
-"space."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:713
+msgid "Standard <gui>Windows</gui> menu items."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:627
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:725
+msgid "<gui>Save All</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:727
msgid ""
-"Adds a bookmark for the current document to the default bookmark list. Do "
-"not pop up a dialog asking for a title or location for the bookmark, instead "
-"choose sensible defaults (such as the document’s title or filename as the "
-"bookmark name) and allow the user to change them later using the <gui>Edit "
-"Bookmarks</gui> feature."
+"Saves all open documents. If any documents have no current filename, prompt "
+"for a filename for each one in turn using the standard <gui>Save</gui> "
+"dialog."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:630
-msgid "<gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui>"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:730
+msgid "<gui>Close All</gui>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:632
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:732
msgid ""
-"Allows the user to edit the application’s bookmark list. Open a window in "
-"which the user can arrange bookmarks into a hierarchy, move, copy, and "
-"delete bookmarks, and change their properties."
+"Closes all open documents. If there are any unsaved changes in any "
+"documents, post a confirmation alert for each one in turn."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:635
-msgid "Bookmark List"
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:735
+msgid "List of windows"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:637
-msgid "The user’s current list of bookmarks for the application."
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:737
+msgid ""
+"Each menu item raises the corresponding window to the top of the window "
+"stack."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:645
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/lists.page:51
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Go"
-msgstr "Los"
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+#| "md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/list-styles.svg' "
+"md5='61f37ec31df8748207a9152ea0589da0'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/lists.page:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
+#| "md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/editable-lists.svg' "
+"md5='182e1ead38431882471350da832751d1'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/lists.page:8
+msgid "Rows of information or content items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/lists.page:16
+msgid "Lists"
+msgstr "Listen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/lists.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Lists are a basic user interface element that can be used to present "
+"information, content items, or controls. There are two primary types of list "
+"in GNOME 3: standard lists and tables."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/lists.page:20
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"sidebar-lists\">Sidebar lists</link> are a separate design "
+"pattern which also make use of a list."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:647
+#: C/lists.page:25
msgid ""
-"A <gui>Go</gui> menu provides commands for quickly navigating around a "
-"document or collection of documents, or an information space such as a "
-"directory structure or the web."
+"A list is an appropriate way to present content items that have a distinct "
+"name as their primary identifier. If the content is visual in nature, such "
+"as with photos or videos, you might want to consider using a <link xref="
+"\"grids\">grid</link> instead."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:649
+#: C/lists.page:27
msgid ""
-"The contents of the menu will vary depending on the type of application. "
-"Different standard menus are presented here for browser-based and document-"
-"based applications , but your application may require a combination of both."
+"In some cases, it is advantageous to show both a list and a grid view for "
+"the same content items. Used in this way, a list view allows additional "
+"information to be displayed about the content through columns of information."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:652
-msgid "Go menu items for a browser application"
+#: C/lists.page:32
+msgid "Standard lists"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:666
-msgid "Navigates to the previous document in the browser’s history list."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Standard lists are most common list type, and should generally be used in "
+"favor of tables."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:669
-msgid "<gui>Forward</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:36
+msgid ""
+"In standard lists, each row is divided by separators, and changing the sort "
+"order is achieved by using a control outside the list itself."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:671
-msgid "Navigates to the next document in the browser’s history list."
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/lists.page:39
+msgid "Styles"
+msgstr "Stile"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Standard lists have two styles: full-width and embedded. Full-width lists "
+"fill their container, while embedded lists are surrounded by padding."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:676
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:43
msgid ""
-"Navigates to the current document’s (or folder’s) parent document (or "
-"folder). For a document browser, such as an online help viewer, this usually "
-"means navigating to the enclosing sub-section, section, chapter or contents "
-"page."
+"Full-width lists are visually simpler, and therefore more elegant. They "
+"should be used where possible. At the same time, it is not always possible "
+"to use a full-width list, and there are some situations where embedded lists "
+"are a better choice:"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:681
-msgid "Navigates to a starting page defined by the user or the application."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:46
+msgid ""
+"When the list contains columns of information that need to be kept close "
+"together for readability purposes, and there is a need to have the list "
+"inside a wide container."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:686
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:47
+msgid "When a window contains several lists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:48
msgid ""
-"Navigates to a user-specified URI. Open a dialog into which the user can "
-"type a suitable URI, or select one from a list where applicable (for "
-"example, a file selection dialog for applications that can handle file:// "
-"URIs)."
+"When the list needs to be aligned with other controls inside the window."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:694
-msgid "Go menu items for a document-based application"
+#: C/lists.page:56
+msgid "Editable lists"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:706
-msgid "<gui>Previous Page</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Editable lists allow a user to add or remove items from the list (for this "
+"reason, they are sometimes known as add/remove lists). Both full-width and "
+"embedded lists can be editable."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:707
-msgid "<key>PageUp</key>"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Each row contains a remove button. If the number of items is short, the "
+"final list row should be used as an add button. Alternatively, if the list "
+"is long, the add button can be placed in a <link xref=\"header-bars\">header "
+"bar</link> or or <link xref=\"action-bars\">action bar</link>."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:708
-msgid "Navigates to the previous page in the document."
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/lists.page:68
+msgid "Tables"
+msgstr "Tabellen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Tables can be used for more complex multi-column lists, where sorting the "
+"table by a variety of columns is common. Column headers allow people to "
+"identify the type of information in each column and to reorder the list "
+"according to the content of each column."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:711
-msgid "<gui>Next Page</gui>"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:72
+msgid ""
+"When using column headers, indicate the sort order using arrows on the "
+"header."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:712
-msgid "<key>PageDown</key>"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/lists.page:78
+msgid "Arrow Direction"
+msgstr "Pfeilrichtung"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:713
-msgid "Navigates to the next page in the document."
-msgstr ""
+#: C/lists.page:79
+msgid "Example"
+msgstr "Beispiel"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:716
-msgid "<gui>Go to Page…</gui>"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/lists.page:84
+msgid "Natural"
+msgstr "Natürlich"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:85
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr "Nach unten"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:718
+#: C/lists.page:86
msgid ""
-"Navigates to a user-specified page number. Open a dialog into which the user "
-"can type a page number. Text-based applications may also include a <gui>Go "
-"to Line…</gui> menu item, which allows the user to jump to a specified line "
-"number."
+"Alphabetical, smallest number first, earliest date first, checked items first"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:721
-msgid "<gui>First Page</gui>"
+#: C/lists.page:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Reverse"
+msgstr "Umkehren"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:90
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr "Hoch"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Reverse alphabetical, largest number first, most recent date first, "
+"unchecked items first"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/lists.page:100
+msgid "Row behavior"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:102
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the type of list, rows have different behaviors when they are "
+"clicked or pressed. There are three types of list in this regard:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:722
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Pos1</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/lists.page:107
+msgid "List Type"
+msgstr "Listentyp"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:723
-msgid "Navigates to the first page in the document."
+#: C/lists.page:108
+msgid "Row Behavior"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:726
-msgid "<gui>Last Page</gui>"
+#: C/lists.page:113
+msgid "Navigation"
+msgstr "Navigation"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:114
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a row opens the corresponding item, whether it is by browsing to a "
+"new view or opening a dialog. This pattern is common for lists of content "
+"items, or for presenting groups of settings."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:727
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Ende</key></keyseq>"
+#: C/lists.page:117
+msgid "Select"
+msgstr "Auswählen"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:728
-msgid "Navigates to the last page in the document."
+#: C/lists.page:118
+msgid ""
+"The list item is selected when it is clicked or pressed. This approach is "
+"often used for selecting one of a series of configuration options. In the "
+"case of <link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">drop-down lists</link>, one option is "
+"always selected. The selected row is indicated by a check mark."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:738
-msgid "Windows"
-msgstr "Fenster"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:122
+msgid ""
+"Selecting the row item turns the row into a text entry field, which allows "
+"the item to be edited."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:740
+#: C/lists.page:127
msgid ""
-"The <gui>Windows</gui> menu contains commands that apply to all of the "
-"application’s open windows. Only use a Windows menu in multiple document "
-"interface (MDI) applications."
+"Navigation style lists can be combined with <link xref=\"selection-mode"
+"\">selection mode</link> in order to allow rows to be both opened and "
+"manipulated. Using double-click to open list items should be avoided, since "
+"it is undiscoverable and is incompatible with touch input."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:742
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:135
+msgid ""
+"Differentiate the different types of information using different alignments, "
+"<link xref=\"typography\">text colors and weights</link>. Highlight the most "
+"important and relevant information by giving other information a lighter "
+"weight and/or color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:136
+msgid ""
+"Be careful not to overpopulate lists with different columns and elements, "
+"and ensure that you only use them to present essential information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:137
+msgid ""
+"As a rule of thumb, avoid using several lists in the same window, "
+"particularly primary windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:138
+msgid ""
+"Do not use lists with fewer than about five items, unless the number of "
+"items may increase over time. For options lists, check boxes or radio "
+"buttons can be used as an alternative in this case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:139
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that lists are ordered to be helpful to those who are using them. "
+"Recent documents might be more useful than alphabetically ordered documents, "
+"or contacts that are online might be more interesting than those who are "
+"offline, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:140
+msgid ""
+"If you use icons in your list, <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\">use symbolic "
+"icons</link>. The lower visual footprint of these icons will mean that they "
+"do not visually overload or dominate your list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:141
+msgid ""
+"If the list is long, make it possible to search it using the standard <link "
+"xref=\"search\">search design pattern</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:149 C/sidebar-lists.page:56
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkListBox.html";
+"\">GtkListBox</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:150
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkTreeView.html";
+"\">GtkTreeView</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/menu-bars.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/toolbar.svg' "
+#| "md5='6ff605bcff3484f2e04dcd6d0d34bce9'"
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/menu-bar.svg' "
+"md5='126e396f29c93fb7e15bc1ed5c1b94ea'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:30
+msgid "Menu bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:32
msgid ""
-"Use of MDI is discouraged, as they have a number of inherent usability "
-"problems."
+"A menu bar incorporates a strip of drop-down menus. It is typically located "
+"at the top of a primary window, below a window title bar."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:744
+#: C/menu-bars.page:39
msgid ""
-"You may also label this menu <gui>Documents</gui>, <gui>Buffers</gui>, or "
-"similar according to the type of document handled by your application."
+"Menu bars increase the vertical footprint of an application’s user "
+"interface, introduce a large number of disclosure points, and function as a "
+"fixed set of inflexible options. For these reasons, <link xref=\"header-bars"
+"\">header bars</link> and <link xref=\"header-bar-menus\">header bar menus</"
+"link> are generally recommended over menu bars, along with other design "
+"patterns for exposing controls on demand, such as <link xref=\"selection-mode"
+"\">selection mode</link>, <link xref=\"action-bars\">action bars</link>, and "
+"<link xref=\"popovers\">popovers</link>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:746
+#: C/menu-bars.page:41
msgid ""
-"The last items on this menu are a numbered list of the application’s primary "
-"windows, for example <gui>1shoppinglist.abw</gui>. Selecting one of these "
-"items raises the corresponding window."
+"At the same time, it can be appropriate for complex applications that "
+"already include a menu bar to retain it. Additionally, some platforms also "
+"incorporate space for a menu bar in their user environment, and a menu model "
+"can be desirable for cross-platform integration purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:46
+msgid "Standard menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:48
+msgid ""
+"This section details the most common menus and menu items in a menu bar. For "
+"details on the standard items to include in each of these menus, see <link "
+"xref=\"keyboard-input#application-shortcuts\">keyboard input</link>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:758
-msgid "<gui>Save All</gui>"
+#: C/menu-bars.page:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Help</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>File</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Hilfe</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Commands that operate on the current document or content item as a whole. It "
+"is the left-most item in the menubar because of its importance and frequency "
+"of use, and because it is a relevant menu in many applications."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:760
+#: C/menu-bars.page:54
msgid ""
-"Saves all open documents. If any documents have no current filename, prompt "
-"for a filename for each one in turn using the standard <gui>Save</gui> "
-"dialog."
+"If your application does not operate on files, name this menu for the type "
+"of object it displays. For example, a music player could have a <gui>Music</"
+"gui> instead of a <gui>File</gui> menu."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:763
-msgid "<gui>Close All</gui>"
+#: C/menu-bars.page:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Paste</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>Edit</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Einfügen</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:58
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Edit</gui> menu contains items relating to editing the document, "
+"such as clipboard handling, find and replace, and inserting objects."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:765
+#: C/menu-bars.page:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Help</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>View</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Hilfe</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:62
msgid ""
-"Closes all open documents. If there are any unsaved changes in any "
-"documents, post a confirmation alert for each one in turn."
+"Includes items that affect the user’s view, such as of the current document "
+"or page, or how items are presented for browsing. Do not place any items on "
+"the <gui>View</gui> menu that affect content items."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:768
-msgid "List of windows"
+#: C/menu-bars.page:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Paste</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>Insert</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Einfügen</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Lists the types of objects that can be inserted into the current document, "
+"such as images, links or page breaks. Only provide this menu if you have "
+"more than about six types of object that can be inserted, otherwise place "
+"individual items for each type on the <gui>Edit</gui> menu."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:770
+#: C/menu-bars.page:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Paste</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>Format</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Einfügen</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:70
msgid ""
-"Each menu item raises the corresponding window to the top of the window "
-"stack."
+"Includes commands to change the visual appearance of the document. For "
+"example, changing the font, color, or line spacing of a text selection."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menu-bars.page:778
-msgid "Help"
-msgstr "Hilfe"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:71
+msgid ""
+"The difference between these commands and those on the <gui>View</gui> menu "
+"is that changes made with <gui>Format</gui> commands are persistent and "
+"saved as part of the document."
+msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:780
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:72
+msgid "Items found on the Format menu are very application-specific."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Paste</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>Bookmarks</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Einfügen</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:76
msgid ""
-"The <gui>Help</gui> menu provides access to all online documentation for "
-"your application. This includes both the user guide, and the <gui>About</"
-"gui> window which includes a brief description of your application’s "
-"functionality."
+"Provide a Bookmarks menu in any application that allows the user to browse "
+"files and folders, help documents, web pages or any other large information "
+"space."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:792
-msgid "<gui>Contents</gui>"
+#: C/menu-bars.page:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Copy</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>Go</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Kopieren</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:80
+msgid ""
+"A <gui>Go</gui> menu provides commands for quickly navigating around a "
+"document or collection of documents, or an information space such as a "
+"directory structure or the web."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:794
+#: C/menu-bars.page:81
msgid ""
-"Opens the default help browser on the contents page for the application."
+"The contents of the menu will vary depending on the type of application."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:797
-msgid "<gui>About</gui>"
+#: C/menu-bars.page:84
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<gui>Copy</gui>"
+msgid "<gui>Windows</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Kopieren</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Commands that apply to all of the application’s open windows. You may also "
+"label this menu <gui>Documents</gui>, <gui>Buffers</gui>, or similar "
+"according to the type of document handled by your application."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/menu-bars.page:799
+#: C/menu-bars.page:86
+msgid ""
+"The last items on this menu are a numbered list of the application’s primary "
+"windows, for example <gui>1shoppinglist.abw</gui>. Selecting one of these "
+"items raises the corresponding window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:96
+msgid ""
+"The menubar is normally visible at all times and is always accessible from "
+"the keyboard, so make all the commands available in your application "
+"available on the menubar. (This guideline is unique to menu bars - other "
+"menus should not seek to reproduce functionality that is made available by "
+"other controls)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:97
+msgid ""
+"Treat <link xref=\"application-menus\">application menus</link> as part of "
+"the menu bar - it is not necessary to reproduce items from the application "
+"menu in other menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:98
+msgid ""
+"Do not disable menu titles. Allow the user to explore the menu, even though "
+"there might be no available items on it at that time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Menu titles on a menubar are single words with their first letter "
+"capitalized. Do not use spaces in menu titles, as this makes them easily-"
+"mistaken for two separate menu titles. Do not use compound words (such as "
+"<gui>WindowOptions</gui>) or hyphens (such as <gui>Window-Options</gui>) to "
+"circumvent this guideline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:100
+msgid ""
+"Do not provide a mechanism for hiding the menubar, as this may be activated "
+"accidentally. Some users will not be able to figure out how to get the menu "
+"bar back in this case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:109 C/menus.page:76
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenu.html\";>GtkMenu</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:110 C/menus.page:77
msgid ""
-"Opens the About dialog for the application. Use the standard dialog provided "
-"by the GNOME libraries, which contains the name and version number of the "
-"application, a short description of the application’s functionality, author "
-"contact details, copyright message and a pointer to the licence under which "
-"the application is made available."
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenuBar.html";
+"\">GtkMenuBar</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:111 C/menus.page:79
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenuItem.html";
+"\">GtkMenuItem</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:112 C/menus.page:80
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkRadioMenuItem.html";
+"\">GtkRadioMenuItem</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:113 C/menus.page:81
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkCheckMenuItem.html";
+"\">GtkCheckMenuItem</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:114 C/menus.page:82
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSeparatorMenuItem.";
+"html\">GtkSeparatorMenuItem</link>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: media
@@ -5712,7 +5870,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/menus.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:32
+#: C/menus.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/menu.svg' "
@@ -5720,12 +5878,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/menus.page:25
+#: C/menus.page:30
msgid "Menus"
msgstr "Menüs"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/menus.page:27
+#: C/menus.page:32
msgid ""
"A menu is a list of actions and/or options which is revealed by pressing a "
"heading or button. In the case of context menus, the menu is opened through "
@@ -5734,7 +5892,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menus.page:34
+#: C/menus.page:39
msgid ""
"Menus can appear as a part of a <link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bar</link>, as "
"context menus (see <link xref=\"selection-mode\">selection mode</link>), or "
@@ -5743,12 +5901,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/menus.page:39
+#: C/menus.page:44
msgid "Size and structure"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menus.page:41
+#: C/menus.page:46
msgid ""
"Menus should contain between three and 12 top-level items. If a menu "
"contains more than 12 items, evaluate whether all the items are necessary "
@@ -5758,44 +5916,44 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menus.page:43
+#: C/menus.page:48
msgid ""
"Submenus should contain between three and six items, and should never "
"contain other submenus."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/menus.page:45
+#: C/menus.page:50
msgid ""
"Organize similar menu items into groups using dividers - this will make them "
"easier to understand and quicker to use. When creating groups:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menus.page:48
+#: C/menus.page:53
msgid ""
"Order groups and group items logically, either by importance, task order, or "
"expected frequency of use. Items at the top and bottom of the menu are more "
-"noticable and easily targetted, so reserve these locations for particularly "
+"noticeable and easily targetted, so reserve these locations for particularly "
"important or interesting functionality."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menus.page:49
+#: C/menus.page:54
msgid ""
"Place single-item groups at the top or bottom of the menu, or group them "
"together with other single items."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menus.page:50
+#: C/menus.page:55
msgid ""
"Do not mix different types of menu item within each group - actions, check "
"box and radio button items should be kept separate."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menus.page:59
+#: C/menus.page:64
msgid ""
"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> for "
"every menu item. You may use the same access key on different menus in your "
@@ -5806,21 +5964,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menus.page:60
+#: C/menus.page:65
msgid ""
"Label menu items with verbs for commands and adjectives for settings, using "
"<link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">header capitalization</link>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menus.page:61
+#: C/menus.page:66
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#ellipses\">ellipses</link> when a menu item "
"requires further input from the user to complete an action."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/menus.page:62
+#: C/menus.page:67
msgid ""
"Two linked actions can be combined into a single menu item, by changing the "
"label when the item is selected. For example, a <gui>Play</gui> item may "
@@ -5829,13 +5987,18 @@ msgid ""
"technique for settings - use check boxes or radio buttons instead."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/notifications.page:8
+msgid "System-wide event notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/notifications.page:14
+#: C/notifications.page:16
msgid "Notifications"
msgstr "Benachrichtigungen"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/notifications.page:16
+#: C/notifications.page:18
msgid ""
"Notifications enable you to inform the users about events when they are not "
"using your application. They also provide the ability for users to quickly "
@@ -5843,7 +6006,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/notifications.page:21
+#: C/notifications.page:23
msgid ""
"Use notifications to inform the user about events they will be interested in "
"while they are not using your application. This can include new messages in "
@@ -5852,7 +6015,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/notifications.page:23
+#: C/notifications.page:25
msgid ""
"Notifications shouldn’t be used as a substitute for feedback that is "
"provided by your application windows, which should be able to inform the "
@@ -5860,47 +6023,47 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/notifications.page:28
+#: C/notifications.page:30
msgid "Notification elements"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/notifications.page:30
+#: C/notifications.page:32
msgid "Notifications in GNOME 3 have a number of standard components:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:35
+#: C/notifications.page:37
msgid "Element"
msgstr "Element"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:40
+#: C/notifications.page:42
msgid "Application Icon"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:40
+#: C/notifications.page:42
msgid "Indicates which application sent the notification."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:43
+#: C/notifications.page:45
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Titel"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:43
+#: C/notifications.page:45
msgid "The heading for the notification."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:46
+#: C/notifications.page:48
msgid "Body"
msgstr "Rumpf"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:46
+#: C/notifications.page:48
msgid ""
"An optional block of text which gives extra detail about the notification. "
"The notification body can include multiple paragraphs. For example: a "
@@ -5908,33 +6071,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:49
+#: C/notifications.page:51
msgid "Default Action"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:49
+#: C/notifications.page:51
msgid ""
"This is the action that is triggered when the notification is activated."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:52
+#: C/notifications.page:54
msgid "Actions"
msgstr "Aktionen"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/notifications.page:52
+#: C/notifications.page:54
msgid "Each notification can include up to three buttons."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/notifications.page:58
+#: C/notifications.page:60
msgid "Titles"
msgstr "Titel"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/notifications.page:60
+#: C/notifications.page:62
msgid ""
"The title should provide a short and concise summary of the event that "
"triggered the notification. The notification body may not always be visible, "
@@ -5943,12 +6106,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/notifications.page:65
+#: C/notifications.page:67
msgid "Default actions"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/notifications.page:67
+#: C/notifications.page:69
msgid ""
"The default action should always dismiss the notification and raise a window "
"belonging to the application that sent the notification. If the notification "
@@ -5959,19 +6122,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/notifications.page:72
+#: C/notifications.page:74
msgid "Notification actions"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/notifications.page:74
+#: C/notifications.page:76
msgid ""
"You can provide useful functionality by embedding buttons in notifications. "
"This allows users to quickly and easily respond to the notification."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/notifications.page:77
+#: C/notifications.page:79
msgid ""
"Notification actions should be related to the content of the notification, "
"and should not provide generic actions for your application. This ensures "
@@ -5979,28 +6142,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/notifications.page:78
+#: C/notifications.page:80
msgid ""
"Only use notification actions when the functionality that they provide is "
"commonly required."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/notifications.page:79
+#: C/notifications.page:81
msgid ""
-"Actions shold not replace user interface controls elsewhere - it should be "
+"Actions should not replace user interface controls elsewhere - it should be "
"possible to take the same actions from your application’s windows."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/notifications.page:80
+#: C/notifications.page:82
msgid ""
"It is not necessary to always use notification actions, and many "
"notifications will not require them."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/notifications.page:81
+#: C/notifications.page:83
msgid ""
"Notification actions should not duplicate the default action. For example, a "
"new email notification does not need to include an Open button, since the "
@@ -6008,12 +6171,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/notifications.page:88
+#: C/notifications.page:90
msgid "General guidance"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/notifications.page:91
+#: C/notifications.page:93
msgid ""
"It is important not to needlessly distract users with notifications. This "
"can easily become annoying and frustrating, and will not incline users to "
@@ -6023,7 +6186,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/notifications.page:92
+#: C/notifications.page:94
msgid ""
"Applications that deal with lots of events, such as email or social media "
"messages, run a particular risk of distracting users with too many "
@@ -6034,7 +6197,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/notifications.page:93
+#: C/notifications.page:95
msgid ""
"Notifications in GNOME 3 persist after they have been initially displayed. "
"It is therefore important to remove notification messages that are no longer "
@@ -6042,7 +6205,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/notifications.page:95
+#: C/notifications.page:97
msgid ""
"Your application window should provide feedback on all the events that have "
"been communicated by notifications. As a result, when your application "
@@ -6051,48 +6214,151 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/notifications.page:96
+#: C/notifications.page:98
msgid ""
"Ensure that your application removes notifications that are no longer valid. "
"For example, a notification for a weather warning that has been revoked "
"should be removed."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:107
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gio/stable/GNotification.html";
+"\">GNotification</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/patterns.page:21
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/icons/palette/chocolate.svg' "
+#| "md5='e76cd7a81829ecee767bdadc4eef9851'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/patterns/patterns.svg' "
-"md5='39c238652d4e620f0bd5975dd5e7dd2e'"
+"external ref='figures/patterns/overlaid-controls.svg' "
+"md5='14e776e3385eeafe86fbdd64c9efe595'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:7
+msgid "Floating controls, often used for images and video controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:15
+msgid "Overlaid controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Transient controls that float over content are a common pattern for "
+"applications that show images or video."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Since overlaid controls hide when they are not in use, they help to provide "
+"an uncluttered viewing experience. They are appropriate when it is desirable "
+"to present a clean and distraction-free view on a content item - this is "
+"particularly (although not exclusively) appropriate for images and video."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Overlaid controls may be inappropriate if they obscure relevant parts of the "
+"content below. Image editing controls may interfere with the ability to see "
+"their effects, for example. In these cases, controls should not be overlaid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Follow established conventions for this type of control, such as left/right "
+"browse buttons in image viewers, and player controls at the bottom for video."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Controls should be displayed when the pointer is moved over the content, or "
+"when it is tapped (on touch devices)."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Overlaid controls can be attached to the edge of the content/window, or can "
+"be free-floating. <link xref=\"action-bars\">Action bars</link> can be "
+"treated as overlaid controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/overlaid-controls.page:37
+msgid "Use the standard \"OSD\" theme style for overlaid controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/patterns.page:20
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+#| "md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/patterns.svg' "
+"md5='f0189f11788efa1c344770abffa80a2e'"
+msgstr "original"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/patterns.page:13
-msgid "Patterns"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Patterns"
+msgid "Design patterns"
msgstr "Muster"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/patterns.page:15
msgid ""
"Patterns are the primary elements that make up an application design. Some "
-"patterns, like <link xref=\"application-menus\">application menus</link> or "
-"<link xref=\"header-bars\">header bars</link>, are highly recommended. "
+"patterns, like application menus or header bars, are highly recommended. "
"Others are optional, and deciding on which patterns you want to use forms a "
"core part of the design process. To help with this, each pattern page "
"details the appropriate uses of each pattern, and suggests alternatives that "
"might be applicable."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/patterns.page:17
-msgid ""
-"Once you have decided which patterns to use, the <link xref=\"ui-elements"
-"\">user interface elements pages</link> provide details of individual "
-"elements that you can use to fill out your design."
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/patterns.page:18
+msgid "Anatomy of a GNOME 3 application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/patterns.page:19
+msgid "A visual reference for some of the most common GNOME 3 design patterns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/patterns.page:24
+msgid "Core design patterns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/patterns.page:30
+msgid "Supplementary design patterns"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: media
@@ -6421,7 +6687,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:90
msgid "Select all"
-msgstr "Alles auswählen"
+msgstr "Alles auswählen"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:91
@@ -6661,20 +6927,25 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/popovers.page:17 C/ui-elements.page:38
+#: C/popovers.page:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/popover.svg' "
+#| "md5='905d21b5892d9ee6b4acaafa8192fdf7'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/popover.svg' "
-"md5='905d21b5892d9ee6b4acaafa8192fdf7'"
+"md5='c228a892a76a914660a76aa77830924c'"
msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/popovers.page:13
+#: C/popovers.page:18
msgid "Popovers"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/popovers.page:15
+#: C/popovers.page:20
msgid ""
"A popover is a transient container that appears over its parent window in "
"response to a user action. Popovers can contain a variety of UI elements, "
@@ -6683,7 +6954,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/popovers.page:22
+#: C/popovers.page:27
msgid ""
"Popovers can be used to reveal additional controls that are not always "
"needed by the user. They can can allow the user to take actions or they can "
@@ -6692,7 +6963,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/popovers.page:24
+#: C/popovers.page:29
msgid ""
"A popover should always relate to a specific interface element which acts as "
"the source of the popover. Typically, this is either a button or a content "
@@ -6702,24 +6973,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/popovers.page:27
+#: C/popovers.page:32
msgid "Revealing a small toolbox of text formatting controls."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/popovers.page:28
+#: C/popovers.page:33
msgid ""
"A find interface, with a search entry box and a space for a list of results."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/popovers.page:29
+#: C/popovers.page:34
msgid ""
"A collection of view controls, such as zoom, list/grid and content ordering."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/popovers.page:32
+#: C/popovers.page:37
msgid ""
"As a mechanism for disclosing additional controls or information, popovers "
"are similar to <link xref=\"dialogs\">dialog windows</link>. Their main "
@@ -6732,12 +7003,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/popovers.page:37
+#: C/popovers.page:42
msgid "Popover content"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/popovers.page:40
+#: C/popovers.page:45
msgid ""
"A popover is a generic container, and can include a wide variety of "
"controls, such as buttons, sliders, lists, switches and text fields. "
@@ -6746,28 +7017,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/popovers.page:41
+#: C/popovers.page:46
msgid ""
"Popovers can function as a container for a menu, or for a menu in "
"combination with a small number of supplementary controls."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/popovers.page:42
+#: C/popovers.page:47
msgid ""
-"If the purpose of a popover’s controls is ambigious, the popover can be "
+"If the purpose of a popover’s controls is ambiguous, the popover can be "
"given a heading."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/popovers.page:43
+#: C/popovers.page:48
msgid ""
"<gui>Close</gui> or <gui>Done</gui> buttons are not usually required in a "
"popover."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/popovers.page:52
+#: C/popovers.page:57
msgid ""
"Popovers should always be small in size (as a rule of thumb, they should not "
"cover more than a third of their parent window) and low in complexity. They "
@@ -6775,71 +7046,88 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/popovers.page:53
+#: C/popovers.page:58
msgid ""
"A popover should only ever appear in response to a user action, and should "
"never appear in a surprising or unintended manner."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/popovers.page:67
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkPopover.html";
+"\">GtkPopover</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/primary-windows.page:16
+#: C/primary-windows.page:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+#| "md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
-"md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
+"md5='8a8e74a81b080c85bffc31e154705200'"
msgstr "original"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/primary-windows.page:7
+msgid "The main window(s) for your application"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/primary-windows.page:14
+#: C/primary-windows.page:15
msgid "Primary windows"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:18
+#: C/primary-windows.page:19
msgid ""
"Primary windows are the basic high-level container for your application user "
"interface, and should present the core functionality of your application."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:23
+#: C/primary-windows.page:24
msgid ""
"Every application should have at least one primary window associated with it."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/primary-windows.page:28
+#: C/primary-windows.page:29
msgid "Application types"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:30
+#: C/primary-windows.page:31
msgid "There are two main models for primary windows:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/primary-windows.page:33
+#: C/primary-windows.page:34
msgid "Single instance applications"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:35
+#: C/primary-windows.page:36
msgid ""
"Single instance applications have a single primary window. This model is "
"common for messaging applications, such as email, chat, or contacts."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/primary-windows.page:40
+#: C/primary-windows.page:41
msgid "Multiple instance applications"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:42
+#: C/primary-windows.page:43
msgid ""
"Multiple instance applications can have multiple primary windows. Typically, "
"each primary window will be identical. Multi-instance applications are "
@@ -6847,7 +7135,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:44
+#: C/primary-windows.page:45
msgid ""
"Both single and multiple instance applications can allow multiple content "
"items to be opened, either through the use of <link xref=\"tabs\">tabs</"
@@ -6856,37 +7144,74 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:47
+#: C/primary-windows.page:48
msgid "Viewing several content items alongside each other."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:48
+#: C/primary-windows.page:49
msgid "Placing content on different workspaces."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:49
+#: C/primary-windows.page:50
msgid "Organizing sets of content into different windows (if using tabs)."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/primary-windows.page:54
+msgid "Parent/child primary windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Multiple instance applications typically have identical primary windows (in "
+"the case multiple web browser windows, for example). However, this is not "
+"always the case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Primary windows can have a parent/child relationship. In this type of "
+"application, there is only ever one parent window. This typically contains "
+"an overview of content items which can be opened in the parent window, or in "
+"a separate child window. This allows multiple content items to be "
+"simultaneously open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:60
+msgid ""
+"While child windows can only be opened through a parent window, they are not "
+"dependent on them in order to stay open: closing the parent window does not "
+"result in the closure of the application's child windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:62
+msgid ""
+"GNOME's <app>Notes</app> application is a good example of parent/child "
+"primary windows."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:59
+#: C/primary-windows.page:73
msgid ""
-"If your application isn’t running and its launcher is activated, a single "
-"primary window should be displayed. Do not show multiple windows when your "
-"application is initially launched."
+"A single primary window should always be displayed when your application is "
+"launched."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:60
+#: C/primary-windows.page:74
msgid ""
-"If your application launcher is selected while your application is running, "
+"If your application launcher is activated while your application is running, "
"all its primary windows should be displayed."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:61
+#: C/primary-windows.page:75
msgid ""
"Primary windows should host the main functionality of your application. Do "
"not rely on dialogs or secondary windows in order to present basic "
@@ -6894,130 +7219,354 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:62
+#: C/primary-windows.page:76
msgid ""
"Primary windows should be independent - closing one primary window should "
"not result in other primary windows being closed."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:63
+#: C/primary-windows.page:77
msgid ""
"Dialog windows should always be dependent on a primary window. See the <link "
"xref=\"dialogs\">dialogs page</link> guidelines."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:64
+#: C/primary-windows.page:78
msgid ""
"Your application should cease to run when all its primary windows have been "
"closed."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/primary-windows.page:65
+#: C/primary-windows.page:79
+msgid ""
+"The guidelines on <link xref=\"display-compatibility\">display "
+"compatibility</link> are particularly relevant for primary windows: be "
+"careful to ensure that they follow the advice on minimum display sizes, "
+"display orientation, and half-screen snap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:80
msgid "<gui>Quit</gui> should close all primary windows."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:89
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkWindow.html";
+"\">GtkWindow</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:90
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkApplicationWindow.";
+"html\">GtkApplicationWindow</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:91 C/sidebar-lists.page:57
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkScrolledWindow.html";
+"\">GtkScrolledWindow</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/progress-bars.page:35 C/ui-elements.page:40
+#: C/progress-bars.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/toolbar.svg' "
+#| "md5='6ff605bcff3484f2e04dcd6d0d34bce9'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/progress-bars.svg' "
-"md5='41b786a9c179cb2075973fd75aa80ba4'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='7f66ae7b98f62e50dec20a577f85ad46'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/progress-bars.page:25
+#: C/progress-bars.page:30
msgid "Progress bars"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/progress-bars.page:27
+#: C/progress-bars.page:32
msgid ""
-"Progress bars are visual indicators of the progress of a task being carried "
-"out. There are three main types of progress bar:"
+"Progress bars indicate that a task is being carried out, along with how much "
+"progress has been made through the task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:39
+msgid ""
+"It is usually necessary to indicate that progress is taking place whenever "
+"an operation takes more than around three seconds. This ensures that users "
+"understand that they have to wait, and that an error has not occurred."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:41
+msgid ""
+"When indicating progress, the primary choice is between a progress bar or a "
+"<link xref=\"progress-spinners\">progress spinner</link>. Progress bars "
+"indicate how much of a task has been completed. They are therefore useful "
+"for tasks that take a long time. As a rule of thumb, only use a progress bar "
+"for tasks that take over 30 seconds. For tasks that have shorter periods, "
+"<link xref=\"progress-spinners\">progress spinners</link> are often a better "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/progress-bars.page:46
+msgid "Types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:48
+msgid "There are three types of progress bar:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-bars.page:30
-msgid "Time-remaining: indicate how much time remains in an operation."
+#: C/progress-bars.page:51
+msgid "Time-remaining: these indicate how much time remains in an operation."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-bars.page:31
+#: C/progress-bars.page:52
msgid ""
-"Typical-time: indicate how much time remains, based on an estimate of the "
-"expected duration."
+"Typical-time: these indicate how much time remains, based on an estimate of "
+"the expected duration."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-bars.page:32
+#: C/progress-bars.page:53
msgid ""
-"Indeterminate: only indicate that an operation is ongoing, not how long it "
-"will take."
+"Indeterminate: these only indicate that an operation is ongoing, not how "
+"long it will take."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/progress-bars.page:40
+#: C/progress-bars.page:56
msgid ""
-"The primary advantage of a progress bar over other methods of indicating "
-"progress is that a progress bar graphically indicates the proportion of a "
-"task that has been completed. This also results in progress bars taking more "
-"space and having a higher visual footprint. Therefore, they are best used to "
-"indicate progress on tasks that can take a relatively long time."
+"Accuracy is preferable for progress bars. Where possible, use a time-"
+"remaining progress bar, followed by typical-time. Try to avoid using "
+"indeterminate progress bars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/progress-bars.page:61
+msgid "Progress text"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/progress-bars.page:42
+#: C/progress-bars.page:63
msgid ""
-"As a rule of thumb, only use a progress bar for tasks that take over 30 "
-"seconds. For tasks that have shorter periods, <link xref=\"progress-spinners"
-"\">progress spinners</link> are often a better choice."
+"Each progress bar can include a text description. This text should provide "
+"an idea of how much of the task has been completed. When deciding on "
+"progress text:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:66
+msgid "Always consider what is most relevant and interesting for the user."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-bars.page:50
+#: C/progress-bars.page:67
msgid ""
-"Accuracy is preferable for progress bars. Where possible, use a time-"
-"remaining progress bar, followed by typical-time. Try to avoid using "
-"indeterminate progress bars."
+"It is often better to provide specific information rather than a unitless "
+"percentage. For example, <gui>13 of 19 images rotated</gui> or <gui>12.1 of "
+"30 MB downloaded</gui> rather than <gui>13% complete</gui>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-bars.page:51
+#: C/progress-bars.page:68
+msgid ""
+"For long-running tasks, it can be desirable to show an estimate of the time "
+"remaining in the progress bar text. If other relevant information isn't "
+"available, this can be shown on its own. Alternatively, it can appear "
+"alongside text about task progress; however, be careful not to overwhelm the "
+"user with too much information when doing this, and use <link xref="
+"\"typography\">typographic conventions</link> to differentiate the most "
+"useful information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:69
+msgid ""
+"If the time remaining is an estimate, use the word <gui>about</gui>. For "
+"example: <gui>About 3 minutes left</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/progress-bars.page:75
+msgid "Task stages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks can be made up of a sequential series of stages, each of which "
+"have different options for time estimation. It might be possible to estimate "
+"the time remaining for part of a task, but not another part, for example. In "
+"these situations:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:80
+msgid ""
+"Only communicate the different stages in a task when they are relevant to a "
+"user. Generally speaking, this will not be required, and it is not necessary "
+"or desirable to communicate separate stages in a task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:81
+msgid ""
+"If a task includes time-remaining and typical-time stages, try to create a "
+"single composite typical-time progress bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:82
+msgid ""
+"If a task includes an indeterminate progress stage, the progress bar can "
+"show indeterminate progress for part of the task. However, you should avoid "
+"showing indeterminate progress bars for long periods of time, and should "
+"attempt to keep the number of progress bar mode changes to an absolute "
+"minimum. Avoid indeterminate progress wherever possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/progress-bars.page:88
+msgid "Sub-tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:90
+msgid ""
+"If a task is comprised of multiple sub-tasks (such as downloading several "
+"files simultaneously), it is generally advisable to show a single progress "
+"bar which indicates composite progress for the overall task. However, there "
+"are some situations where this might not be the case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:93
+msgid ""
+"If it is genuinely useful for the user to know progress within each "
+"individual sub-task. (As an alternative, completion of each sub-task can be "
+"indicated with progress text.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:94
+msgid ""
+"If it might be necessary to pause or stop a sub-task (see the <link xref="
+"\"#general-guidelines\">general guidelines</link> on this, below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:95
+msgid ""
+"If sub-tasks are already indicated in your application's user interface. In "
+"this case, it can be less disruptive to show a progress for each item inline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:98
+msgid "When showing progress bars for sub-tasks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:101
+msgid ""
+"Each sub-task should conform to the usage guidelines for progress bars (see "
+"<link xref=\"#when-to-use\">when to use</link>, above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:102
+msgid ""
+"Generally speaking, it is not necessary to show a progress bar for overall "
+"progress through the set of tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/progress-bars.page:108
+msgid "Progress windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:110
+msgid ""
+"In the past, progress windows were a popular way to present progress bars. "
+"These secondary windows would appear for the duration of a task, and would "
+"contain one or more progress bars. In general, progress windows are not "
+"recommended, since the consequence of closing the window can be unclear and "
+"they can obscure useful controls and content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:112
+msgid ""
+"Where possible, progress bars should be displayed inline, and should have a "
+"close visual relationship with the content items or controls which represent "
+"the ongoing task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:120
+msgid ""
+"If the operation in progress is potentially destructive or resource "
+"intensive, consider placing a pause and/or cancel button close to the "
+"progress bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:121
msgid ""
"Ensure that time-remaining and typical-time progress bars measure an "
"operation’s total time or total work, not just that of a single step."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-bars.page:52
+#: C/progress-bars.page:122
msgid ""
"Update time-remaining progress bars when changes occur that will cause the "
"operation to finish more quickly or more slowly."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-bars.page:53
+#: C/progress-bars.page:123
msgid ""
"When using a typical-time progress bar, if your application overestimates "
-"the completed amount of work, the length of the bar can indicate “almost "
-"complete” until the operation is complete. If your application "
+"the completed amount of work, the length of the bar can indicate <gui>almost "
+"complete</gui> until the operation is complete. If your application "
"underestimates how much work is complete, fill the remaining portion of the "
"bar when the operation is complete."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:132
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkProgressBar.html";
+"\">GtkProgressBar</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:17 C/ui-elements.page:44
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:22
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/progress-spinner.svg' "
@@ -7025,12 +7574,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:13
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:18
msgid "Progress spinners"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:15
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:20
msgid ""
"Progress spinners are a common user interface element for indicating "
"progress in a task. In contrast to progress bars, they only indicate that "
@@ -7039,7 +7588,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:22
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:27
msgid ""
"A progress indication is generally needed whenever an operation takes more "
"than around three seconds, and is necessary to indicate that an operation is "
@@ -7048,7 +7597,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:24
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:29
msgid ""
"At the same time, progress indications are a potential source of "
"distraction, especially when displayed for short periods of time. If an "
@@ -7058,7 +7607,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:26
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:31
msgid ""
"Spinners do not graphically show the degree of progress through a task, and "
"are often better-suited for shorter operations. If the task is likely to "
@@ -7067,7 +7616,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:28
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:33
msgid ""
"The shape of progress spinners also affects their appropriateness for "
"different situations. Since they are effective at small sizes, spinners can "
@@ -7078,7 +7627,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:36
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:41
msgid ""
"If an operation can vary in how long it takes, use a timeout to only show a "
"progress spinner after three seconds have elapsed. A progress indication is "
@@ -7086,7 +7635,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:37
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:42
msgid ""
"Place progress spinners close to or within the user interface elements they "
"relate to. If a button triggers a long-running operation, the spinner can be "
@@ -7095,22 +7644,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:38
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:43
msgid ""
"Generally, only one progress spinner should be displayed at once. Avoid "
-"showing a large number of spinners simulatenously - this will often be "
+"showing a large number of spinners simultaneously - this will often be "
"visually overwhelming."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:39
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:44
msgid ""
"A label can be shown next to a spinner if it is helpful to clarify the task "
"which a spinner relates to."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/progress-spinners.page:40
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:45
msgid ""
"If a spinner is displayed for a long time, a label can indicate both the "
"identity of the task and progress through it. This can take the form of a "
@@ -7118,25 +7667,37 @@ msgid ""
"components of the task (eg. modules downloaded, or pages exported)."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:54
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSpinner.html";
+"\">GtkSpinner</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:56
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/popover.svg' "
+#| "md5='905d21b5892d9ee6b4acaafa8192fdf7'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/radio-buttons.svg' "
-"md5='7a96508578ca5723e09f2a6349b3a51d'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='6e392d4dfb0529a9c7ca892d80dfd22d'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:25
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:30
msgid "Radio buttons"
msgstr "Auswahlknöpfe"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:27
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:32
msgid ""
"Radio buttons are used in groups to select from a mutually exclusive set of "
"options. Only one radio button within a group may be set at any one time. As "
@@ -7144,7 +7705,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:35
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:40
msgid ""
"Only use radio buttons in groups of at least two, never use a single radio "
"button on its own. To represent a single setting, use a check box or two "
@@ -7152,7 +7713,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:36
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:41
msgid ""
"Exactly one radio button should be set in the group at all times. The only "
"exception is when the group is showing the properties of a multiple "
@@ -7160,14 +7721,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:37
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:42
msgid ""
"Clicking a radio button should not affect the values of any other controls. "
"It may sensitize, insensitize, hide or show other controls, however."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:38
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:43
msgid ""
"If toggling a radio button affects the sensitivity of other controls, place "
"the radio button immediately to the left of the controls that it affects. "
@@ -7176,7 +7737,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:39
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:44
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
"link> for radio button labels, for example <gui>Switched movement</gui>. "
@@ -7186,7 +7747,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:40
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:45
msgid ""
"If the radio button represents a setting in a multiple selection that is set "
"for some objects in the selection and unset for others, show the radio "
@@ -7194,7 +7755,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:41
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:46
msgid ""
"Do not place more than about eight radio buttons under the same group "
"heading. If you need more than eight, consider using a single-selection list "
@@ -7203,32 +7764,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/radio-buttons.page:42
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:47
msgid ""
"Try to align groups of radio buttons vertically rather than horizontally, as "
"this makes them easier to scan visually. Use horizontal or rectangular "
"alignments only if they greatly improve the layout of the window."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:56
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkRadioButton.html";
+"\">GtkRadioButton</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/search.page:16
+#: C/search.page:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
+#| "md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/search.svg' "
-"md5='c593a0848d305226ce4f85056355af8e'"
+"md5='f46da86233f8152b6acb5a06a6afd3b3'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/search.page:7
+msgid "Find and filter content by typing"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/search.page:14
+#: C/search.page:15
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Suchen"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/search.page:18
+#: C/search.page:19
msgid ""
"Search allows content items to be located by filtering content that is "
"displayed on screen. It is distinct from find, which involves moving or "
@@ -7236,7 +7814,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/search.page:23
+#: C/search.page:24
msgid ""
"Provide search whenever a large collection of content is presented, and "
"those content items have a textual component. This could be a collection of "
@@ -7245,7 +7823,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/search.page:25
+#: C/search.page:26
msgid ""
"Search is a great way to make it easy for users to find what it is they are "
"looking for, and its consistent availability means that users can rely on "
@@ -7253,7 +7831,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/search.page:27
+#: C/search.page:28
msgid ""
"However, while search can be highly effective, and some users will use it, "
"others will not. Therefore, try to supplement other means for finding "
@@ -7261,12 +7839,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/search.page:32
+#: C/search.page:33
msgid "The search bar"
msgstr "Die Suchleiste"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/search.page:34
+#: C/search.page:35
msgid ""
"The standard pattern for search in GNOME 3 utilizes a special search bar "
"which slides down from beneath the header bar. In primary windows, the "
@@ -7275,7 +7853,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/search.page:39
+#: C/search.page:40
msgid ""
"Typing when a text entry field is not focused should activate search, and "
"the entered text should be added to the search field. This is called “type "
@@ -7283,21 +7861,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/search.page:40
+#: C/search.page:41
msgid ""
"The keyboard shortcut for search (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></"
"keyseq>)."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/search.page:41
+#: C/search.page:42
msgid ""
"A search button in the header bar should allow the search bar to be "
"displayed (the search button should toggle)."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/search.page:44
+#: C/search.page:45
msgid ""
"If search is a primary method for finding content in your application, you "
"can make the search bar permanently visible, or visible when the application "
@@ -7305,33 +7883,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/search.page:49
+#: C/search.page:50
msgid "Search results"
msgstr "Suchergebnisse"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/search.page:52
+#: C/search.page:53
msgid ""
"Search should be “live” wherever possible - the content view should update "
"to display search results as they are entered."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/search.page:53
+#: C/search.page:54
msgid ""
"In order to be effective, it is important that search results are quickly "
"returned."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/search.page:54
+#: C/search.page:55
msgid ""
"If a search term does not return any results, ensure that feedback is given "
"in the content view. Often a simple \"No results\" label is sufficient."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/search.page:61
+msgid "Additional Guidance"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/search.page:63
+#: C/search.page:64
msgid ""
"Be tolerant of mistakes in search terms. Matching misspellings or incorrect "
"terminology is one way to do this. Presenting suggestions for similar "
@@ -7339,7 +7922,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/search.page:64
+#: C/search.page:65
msgid ""
"Permit a broad range of matching search terms. This helps people who are "
"unsure of the exact term they require but who do know characteristics "
@@ -7348,38 +7931,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/search.page:65
+#: C/search.page:66
msgid ""
"Results should be ordered in a way that ensures that the most relevant items "
"are displayed first."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/search.page:74 C/text-fields.page:72
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSearchEntry.html";
+"\">GtkSearchEntry</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/selection-mode.page:16
+#: C/selection-mode.page:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
+#| "md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/selection-mode.svg' "
-"md5='e0f92df0cff169d85e6f27373f92f85a'"
+"md5='4e42fe1dc48ff2341a1354c0f8fec61a'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/selection-mode.page:7
+msgid "Pattern for selecting content items"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/selection-mode.page:14
+#: C/selection-mode.page:15
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Markierungsmodus"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:18
+#: C/selection-mode.page:19
msgid ""
"Selection mode is a design pattern for allow actions to be performed on "
"items of content. It is typically used in conjunction with lists and grids."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:20
+#: C/selection-mode.page:21
msgid ""
"When selection mode is active, check boxes allow items to be selected, and "
"an action bar is shown at the bottom of the view. This contains the various "
@@ -7387,30 +7987,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:25
+#: C/selection-mode.page:26
msgid "Selection mode is appropriate when:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:28
+#: C/selection-mode.page:29
msgid ""
"It is common to perform actions simultaneously on multiple content items."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:29
+#: C/selection-mode.page:30
msgid "Multiple actions are available to be performed on content items."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:30
+#: C/selection-mode.page:31
msgid ""
"It is helpful for users to be able to perform actions on content items "
"without opening them."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:33
+#: C/selection-mode.page:34
msgid ""
"If it is more typical for users to perform actions on single content items, "
"you might want to consider another design pattern, such as a context menu. "
@@ -7421,12 +8021,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/selection-mode.page:38
+#: C/selection-mode.page:39
msgid "Activating selection mode"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:40
+#: C/selection-mode.page:41
msgid ""
"The primary way of activating selection mode is through the selection mode "
"button, which is located in the header bar and which is identified by a "
@@ -7435,12 +8035,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/selection-mode.page:45
+#: C/selection-mode.page:46
msgid "The action bar"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:48
+#: C/selection-mode.page:49
msgid ""
"Controls in the action bar should be insensitive when no items have been "
"selected. Sometimes actions may only be applied to multiple content items; "
@@ -7449,12 +8049,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:49
+#: C/selection-mode.page:50
msgid "Controls in the action toolbar can have icons or text labels."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/selection-mode.page:50
+#: C/selection-mode.page:51
msgid ""
"Groups of actions can be distinguished by placing them at either end of the "
"toolbar. Destructive actions, like delete, should be placed away from other "
@@ -7466,20 +8066,30 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:16
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
+#| "md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
-"md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
+"md5='a90375efbfc9915765fd1c224821f506'"
msgstr "original"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:7
+msgid "Navigation sidebar that contains a list"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:14
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:15
msgid "Sidebar lists"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:18
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:19
msgid ""
"A sidebar list allows different views to be switched between. Those views "
"can contain groups of content items, single content items, or sets of "
@@ -7488,7 +8098,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:20
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:21
msgid ""
"Sidebar lists can be used in primary windows, either as a permanent fixture "
"or an element that is shown on demand. They can also be used in dialog "
@@ -7496,7 +8106,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:22
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:23
msgid ""
"Sidebar lists can be used in conjunction with the <link xref=\"search"
"\">search</link> and <link xref=\"selection-mode\">selection mode</link> "
@@ -7504,7 +8114,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:27
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:28
msgid ""
"Use a sidebar list when it is necessary to expose a larger number of views "
"than can be accommodated by a standard <link xref=\"view-switchers\">view "
@@ -7512,14 +8122,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:29
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:30
msgid ""
"Sidebar lists also provide a possible alternative to browser-style "
"navigation. They have a number of advantages here:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:32
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:33
msgid ""
"When content items have a narrow width, and don’t require an immersive "
"experience. A sidebar would be inappropriate for browsing videos for this "
@@ -7527,7 +8137,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:33
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:34
msgid ""
"When content items are dynamic. For messaging applications, where new "
"content items appear or old ones are updated, a sidebar list provides the "
@@ -7536,21 +8146,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:34
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:35
msgid ""
"When it is possible to filter a collection of content, and there are a large "
"number of filters."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:37
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:38
msgid ""
"Temporary sidebar lists can also be displayed for particular views in your "
"application."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:45
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:46
msgid ""
"Order the list according to what is most useful for the users of your "
"application. It is often best to place recently updated items at the top of "
@@ -7558,7 +8168,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:46
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:47
msgid ""
"Header bar controls which affect the sidebar list should be placed within "
"the list pane section of the header bar. Controls for search and selection "
@@ -7566,41 +8176,50 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sidebar-lists.page:47
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:48
msgid ""
"Each list row can include multiple lines of text, as well as images. "
"However, be careful to ensure that the most important information is not "
"lost, and work to ensure a clean and attractive appearance."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:58
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkStackSidebar.html";
+"\">GtkStackSidebar</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/sliders.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:46
+#: C/sliders.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/sliders.svg' "
+#| "md5='88426d7d09e03a828b136a61b0d4046c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/sliders.svg' "
-"md5='88426d7d09e03a828b136a61b0d4046c'"
+"md5='08c58644b98d60ed3066db2d1b9cb765'"
msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sliders.page:25 C/spin-boxes.page:43
+#: C/sliders.page:30 C/spin-boxes.page:46
msgid "Sliders"
msgstr "Schieberegler"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sliders.page:27
-msgid ""
-"A slider allows the user to quickly select a value from a range. In GTK+, "
-"sliders can be implemented using the GtkHScale or GtkVScale controls, for "
-"horizontal or vertical sliders respectively."
+#: C/sliders.page:32
+msgid "A slider allows the user to quickly select a value from a range."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sliders.page:34
+#: C/sliders.page:39
msgid ""
"Sliders can be used to either change a value, or for navigation within a "
"content item, such as video, audio or even documents. Common uses include "
@@ -7609,12 +8228,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sliders.page:36
+#: C/sliders.page:41
msgid "Use a slider when:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sliders.page:39
+#: C/sliders.page:44
msgid ""
"The range of values is fixed and ordered, and when adjusting the value "
"relative to its current value is more important than choosing an absolute "
@@ -7622,14 +8241,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sliders.page:40
+#: C/sliders.page:45
msgid ""
"It is useful for the user to control the rate of change of the value in real "
"time."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sliders.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If the range of values does not have a fixed maximum and/or minimum, a <link "
+"xref=\"spin-boxes\">spin box</link> can be used."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sliders.page:49
+#: C/sliders.page:56
msgid ""
"Ensure that real time feedback is provided, in order to enable the user to "
"make live adjustments. Examples of this include sound from speakers, "
@@ -7637,12 +8263,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sliders.page:50
+#: C/sliders.page:57
msgid "Take care to ensure that the purpose of a slider is clearly identified."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sliders.page:52
+#: C/sliders.page:59
msgid ""
"In cases where it is common to use a slider, follow placement conventions. "
"For example, in video players, it is common to situate a horizontal seek bar "
@@ -7651,7 +8277,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sliders.page:53
+#: C/sliders.page:60
msgid ""
"In other cases, label the slider with a text label above it or to its left, "
"using <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
@@ -7660,7 +8286,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sliders.page:55
+#: C/sliders.page:62
msgid ""
"Mark significant values along the length of the slider with text or tick "
"marks. For example the left, right and center points on an audio balance "
@@ -7668,7 +8294,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sliders.page:56
+#: C/sliders.page:63
msgid ""
"For large ranges of integers (more than about 20), and for ranges of "
"floating point numbers, consider providing a <link xref=\"text-fields\">text "
@@ -7677,25 +8303,44 @@ msgid ""
"setting more easily than they could with the slider control alone."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sliders.page:72
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkHScale.html";
+"\">GtkHSCale</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sliders.page:73
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkHScale.html";
+"\">GtkVSCale</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:50
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/spin-boxes.svg' "
+#| "md5='cbb3d747ae6bf644c7e0539d03aaba38'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/spin-boxes.svg' "
-"md5='cbb3d747ae6bf644c7e0539d03aaba38'"
+"md5='20028165e8679a34052a6d0b3342e088'"
msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:25
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:30
msgid "Spin boxes"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:27
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:32
msgid ""
"A spin box is a text box that accepts a range of values. It incorporates two "
"buttons that allow the user to increase or decrease the value by a fixed "
@@ -7703,32 +8348,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Use spin boxes for numerical input only. Use a list or option menu when you "
-"need the user to select from fixed data sets of other types."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:36
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:39
msgid ""
-"Use a spin box if the numerical value is meaningful or useful for the user "
-"to know, and the valid input range is unlimited or fixed at one end only. "
-"For example, a control for specifying the number of iterations of some "
-"action, or a timeout value. If the range is fixed at both ends, or the "
-"numerical values are arbitrary (for example, a volume control), use a slider "
-"instead."
+"Use spin boxes to allow users to select numeric values, but only when those "
+"values are meaningful or useful for users to know. If they aren't, a <link "
+"xref=\"sliders\">slider</link> might be a better choice."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:38
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:41
msgid ""
-"If the exact value in the spin button is not relevant to a user, a slider "
-"might be a better choice of control."
+"Use spin boxes for numerical input only. For non-numeric sets of options, a "
+"<link xref=\"lists\">list</link> or <link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">drop-down "
+"list</link> can be used instead."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:45
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:48
msgid ""
"In some cases, it is appropriate to link a spin button with a slider. This "
"combination allows both approximate control and the entry of specific "
@@ -7737,14 +8373,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:48
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:51
msgid ""
"Immediate feedback for changes in the spin box’s value is possible (such as "
"in the case of image editing)."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:49
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:52
msgid ""
"It is useful for the user to control the rate of change of the value in real "
"time. For example, to monitor the effects of a color change in a live "
@@ -7752,7 +8388,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:58
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:61
msgid ""
"Label the spin box with a text label above it or to its left, using sentence "
"capitalization. Provide an access key in the label that allows the user to "
@@ -7760,7 +8396,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/spin-boxes.page:59
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:62
msgid ""
"Right-justify the contents of spin boxes, unless the convention in the "
"user’s locale demands otherwise. This is useful in windows where the user "
@@ -7769,30 +8405,42 @@ msgid ""
"aligned."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:71
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSpinButton.html";
+"\">GtkSpinButton</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/switches.page:17 C/ui-elements.page:52
+#: C/switches.page:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/sliders.svg' "
+#| "md5='88426d7d09e03a828b136a61b0d4046c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/switches.svg' "
-"md5='9c003632158a83486e3b19f22369b82f'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='fcdd09d24a52d974f966c174b6ca04ad'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/switches.page:13
+#: C/switches.page:18
msgid "Switches"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/switches.page:15
+#: C/switches.page:20
msgid "A switch is a simple interface element which has an on and off state."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/switches.page:22
+#: C/switches.page:27
msgid ""
"Switches should be used for controlling services or hardware that have a "
"clear on/off logic. They are particularly appropriate when those services or "
@@ -7802,7 +8450,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/switches.page:24
+#: C/switches.page:29
msgid ""
"When the control does not turn a function on or off, or when a function does "
"not clearly have an on/off nature, a <link xref=\"check-boxes\">check box</"
@@ -7814,19 +8462,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/switches.page:26
+#: C/switches.page:31
msgid ""
"When in doubt, use switches for important configuration options, and check "
"boxes for minor sub-options."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/switches.page:31
+#: C/switches.page:36
msgid "Switch labels"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/switches.page:33
+#: C/switches.page:38
msgid ""
"Switch labels should be written using <link xref=\"writing-"
"style#capitalization\">header capitalization</link>. The name of the "
@@ -7835,54 +8483,74 @@ msgid ""
"labels."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/switches.page:46
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSwitch.html";
+"\">GtkSwitch</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/tabs.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:58
+#: C/tabs.page:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/sliders.svg' "
+#| "md5='88426d7d09e03a828b136a61b0d4046c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/tabs.svg' "
-"md5='13001ed8763650a8b243319d6f816d0d'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='3649ebe9f3c4137ac97afd407063585c'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/tabs.page:25
+#: C/tabs.page:30
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Reiter"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/tabs.page:27
+#: C/tabs.page:32
msgid ""
"Tabs provide a way to break down a window into a series of views. They come "
-"in two primary forms: fixed and dynamic. Fixed tabs provide an immutable set "
-"of defined views that are built into a user interface, primarily dialog "
-"windows. Dynamic tabs allow a user to view multiple documents or locations "
-"within an application’s primary window."
+"in two primary forms: fixed and dynamic."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tabs.page:34
msgid ""
-"Use fixed tabs when a dialog contains too many controls (or too much "
-"information) to comfortably present them at the same time."
+"Fixed tabs provide an immutable set of predefined views, and are primarily "
+"used in dialog windows. Dynamic tabs allow a window to contain mutable "
+"selection of content items, such as pages, documents or images. They are "
+"primarily used within <link xref=\"primary-windows\">primary windows</link>, "
+"as a part of editor or browser applications."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tabs.page:36
+#: C/tabs.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Use fixed tabs when a <link xref=\"dialogs\">dialog window</link> contains "
+"too many controls (or too much information) to be comfortably presented at "
+"once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tabs.page:43
msgid ""
"Dynamic tabs are primarily useful for browser or editor applications, where "
-"a user might want to use several locations or content items simulatenously."
+"a user might want to use several locations or content items simultaneously."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tabs.page:41
+#: C/tabs.page:48
msgid "Fixed tabs"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tabs.page:44
+#: C/tabs.page:51
msgid ""
"Do not use too many tabs. If you cannot see all the tabs without scrolling "
"or splitting them into multiple rows, you are probably using too many and "
@@ -7890,7 +8558,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tabs.page:45
+#: C/tabs.page:52
msgid ""
"Label tabs with <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">header "
"capitalization</link>, and use nouns rather than verbs, for example "
@@ -7899,32 +8567,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tabs.page:46
+#: C/tabs.page:53
msgid ""
"Do not design tabs such that changing controls on one page affects the "
"controls on any other page. Users are unlikely to discover such dependencies."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tabs.page:47
+#: C/tabs.page:54
msgid "If a control affects every tab, place it outside the tabs."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tabs.page:48
+#: C/tabs.page:55
msgid ""
-"Use tabs that are proportional to the width of their labels. Don’t just set "
-"all the tabs to the same width, as this makes them harder to scan visually, "
-"and limits the number of tabs you can display without scrolling."
+"With fixed tabs, make the width of each tab proportional to the width of its "
+"label. Don’t just set all the tabs to the same width, as this makes them "
+"harder to scan visually, and limits the number of tabs you can display "
+"without scrolling."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tabs.page:54
+#: C/tabs.page:61
msgid "Dynamic tabs"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tabs.page:57
+#: C/tabs.page:64
msgid ""
"Tabs often have a constrained width, so ensure that tab labels are short and "
"concise, and that the most useful part of the label is displayed first. This "
@@ -7932,51 +8601,91 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tabs.page:58
+#: C/tabs.page:65
msgid ""
"If the content of a tab changes or requires attention, a visual hint can be "
"displayed."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tabs.page:59
+#: C/tabs.page:66
msgid ""
"Provide a context menu on each tab. This menu should only include actions "
"for manipulating the tab itself, such as <gui>Move Left</gui>, <gui>Move "
"Right</gui>, <gui>Move to New Window</gui>, and <gui>Close</gui>."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tabs.page:67
+msgid ""
+"If tabs are an important part of the application, a new tab button can be "
+"placed in the header bar or toolbar. Do not show a new tab button in "
+"applications where tabs will not always be used - keyboard shortcuts and/or "
+"menu items are sufficient in these cases."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tabs.page:63
-msgid "Full and partial integration"
+#: C/tabs.page:71
+msgid "Standard Keyboard Shortcuts"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tabs.page:65
+#: C/tabs.page:73
msgid ""
-"If tabs are an important part of the application, make the tab bar "
-"permanently visible, so that the first tab is visible when the application "
-"is launched. A new tab button can also be placed in the header bar or "
-"toolbar."
+"When using dynamic tabs, ensure that the standard keyboard shortcuts are "
+"supported."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tabs.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Dynamic tabs can also be used in cases where tabs will not always be used, "
-"or do not form a core part of the application’s functionality. In these "
-"cases, tabs provide an additional extra function for those users who want to "
-"use them, without introducing superfluous controls for those who only view a "
-"single location or content item within each window."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/tabs.page:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Q</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Q</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/tabs.page:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create a new document"
+msgid "Create a new tab"
+msgstr "Ein neues Dokument anlegen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/tabs.page:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Close the current document"
+msgid "Close the current tab"
+msgstr "Das aktuelle Dokument schließen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/tabs.page:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/tabs.page:86
+msgid "Switch to the next tab"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tabs.page:69
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/tabs.page:89
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/tabs.page:90
+msgid "Switch to the previous tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tabs.page:102
msgid ""
-"In these cases, the tab bar should only be displayed when two or more tabs "
-"are open, and a new tab button should not be displayed in the header bar or "
-"toolbar. Keyboard shortcuts or menu items should be used to allow new tabs "
-"to be opened."
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkNotebook.html";
+"\">GtkNotebook</link>"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: media
@@ -7984,20 +8693,25 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/text-fields.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:62
+#: C/text-fields.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/toolbar.svg' "
+#| "md5='6ff605bcff3484f2e04dcd6d0d34bce9'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/text-fields.svg' "
-"md5='7e401f906f207a206c92eab34699d73d'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='6ba8005ee1d8eaa67df3bbf77dbe1d2f'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/text-fields.page:25
+#: C/text-fields.page:30
msgid "Text fields"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:27
+#: C/text-fields.page:32
msgid ""
"A text entry field is an interface element for entering or editing text. It "
"is a basic element with a variety of uses, including search entry, settings "
@@ -8006,7 +8720,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:35
+#: C/text-fields.page:40
msgid ""
"Size text fields according to the likely size of the content they will "
"contain. This gives a useful visual cue to the amount of input expected and "
@@ -8014,7 +8728,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:36
+#: C/text-fields.page:41
msgid ""
"In an <link xref=\"dialogs#instant-and-explicit-apply\">instant-apply "
"dialog</link>, validate the contents of the entry field when it loses focus "
@@ -8025,7 +8739,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:37
+#: C/text-fields.page:42
msgid ""
"If you implement an entry field that only accepts certain characters, such "
"as digits, play the system warning beep when the user tries to type an "
@@ -8033,7 +8747,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:38
+#: C/text-fields.page:43
msgid ""
"Normally, pressing <key>Tab</key> in a single-line entry field should move "
"focus to the next control, and in a multi-line entry field it should insert "
@@ -8042,7 +8756,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:39
+#: C/text-fields.page:44
msgid ""
"If you need to provide a keyboard shortcut that inserts a tab character into "
"a single line entry field, use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></"
@@ -8051,26 +8765,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/text-fields.page:45
+#: C/text-fields.page:50
msgid "Embedding information and controls"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:47
+#: C/text-fields.page:52
msgid ""
"A variety of additional information or controls can be inserted within a "
"text entry field."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:49
+#: C/text-fields.page:54
msgid ""
"Icons or icon buttons can be placed inside a text field to provide status "
"information or additional controls."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:52
+#: C/text-fields.page:57
msgid ""
"An icon at the beginning of the entry can be used to indicate its purpose - "
"replacing the need for the entry to be labelled. Search entry fields are the "
@@ -8079,7 +8793,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:53
+#: C/text-fields.page:58
msgid ""
"If the text to be entered is case sensitive, a warning icon can be shown "
"inside the text field if caps lock is on. This is typically shown on the "
@@ -8087,21 +8801,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:54
+#: C/text-fields.page:59
msgid ""
"If it is common for the text field to be cleared, a clear icon button can be "
"placed inside the field, at the right side."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:55
+#: C/text-fields.page:60
msgid ""
"If you place an icon in a text entry field (either as an indicator or a "
"button), use its symbolic variant from the GNOME Symbolic Icon Theme."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/text-fields.page:58
+#: C/text-fields.page:63
msgid ""
"When a user would benefit from additional information in order to use a text "
"entry field, it can be prefilled with a hint text. As with any decision to "
@@ -8109,25 +8823,37 @@ msgid ""
"necessary."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:71
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkEntry.html";
+"\">GtkEntry</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/toolbars.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:64
+#: C/toolbars.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/toolbar.svg' "
+#| "md5='6ff605bcff3484f2e04dcd6d0d34bce9'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/toolbar.svg' "
-"md5='6ff605bcff3484f2e04dcd6d0d34bce9'"
+"md5='381167837829a44d064aedec78b58b95'"
msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/toolbars.page:25
+#: C/toolbars.page:30
msgid "Toolbars"
msgstr "Werkzeugleisten"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/toolbars.page:27
+#: C/toolbars.page:32
msgid ""
"A toolbar is a strip of controls that allows convenient access to commonly-"
"used functions. Most toolbars only contain graphical buttons, but in more "
@@ -8136,7 +8862,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/toolbars.page:34
+#: C/toolbars.page:39
msgid ""
"Use a toolbar to provide access to common actions, tools or options in "
"primary windows. <link xref=\"header-bars\">Header bars</link> also perform "
@@ -8145,7 +8871,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/toolbars.page:36
+#: C/toolbars.page:41
msgid ""
"While toolbars are a common approach, there are cases where they are not the "
"most effective. Interfaces that focus on direct manipulation, or which make "
@@ -8156,7 +8882,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/toolbars.page:44
+#: C/toolbars.page:49
msgid ""
"Only include controls for the most important functions. Having too many "
"toolbar controls reduces their efficiency by making them harder to find, and "
@@ -8165,24 +8891,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/toolbars.page:45
+#: C/toolbars.page:50
msgid ""
"Utilize conventions for toolbars to increase familiarity. For example, the "
-"main toolbar in an office application will nearly always have New, Open and "
-"Save as its first three toolbar buttons. Similarly, the first few buttons in "
-"a browser application should always include Back, Forward, Stop and Reload, "
-"in that order."
+"main toolbar in an office application will nearly always have new, open and "
+"save as its first three toolbar buttons. Similarly, the first buttons in a "
+"browser application should be back and forward."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/toolbars.page:46
+#: C/toolbars.page:51
msgid ""
"Place only the most commonly-used application functions on your toolbars. "
"Don’t just add buttons for every menu item."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/toolbars.page:47
+#: C/toolbars.page:52
msgid ""
"If you are using a <link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bar</link>, ensure that it "
"includes all the functions that appear on you toolbar, either directly (i.e. "
@@ -8191,7 +8916,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/toolbars.page:48
+#: C/toolbars.page:53
msgid ""
"Toolbars shouldn’t include buttons for <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>Close</gui> or "
"<gui>Quit</gui>, as these are rarely used and the space is better used for "
@@ -8202,13 +8927,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/toolbars.page:49
+#: C/toolbars.page:54
msgid ""
"Toolbar <link xref=\"buttons\">buttons</link> should have a relief, and icon "
"buttons should use <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork#color-vs-symbolic"
"\">symbolic icons</link>."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/toolbars.page:63
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkToolbar.html";
+"\">GtkToolbar</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/typography.page:11
msgid "William Jon McCann"
@@ -8235,7 +8967,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/typography.page:22
-msgid "Default Fonts"
+msgid "Default fonts"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -8249,7 +8981,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/typography.page:29
-msgid "Variants, Sizes and Weights"
+msgid "Variants, sizes and weights"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -8292,176 +9024,184 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/typography.page:43
-msgid "Take Advantage of Unicode"
+msgid "Take advantage of unicode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/typography.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Unicode provides a wide variety of characters which, when used correctly, "
+"can dramatically improve the impression given by your application. The "
+"following Unicode characters are recommended:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:48
+#: C/typography.page:50
msgid "Usage"
msgstr "Verwendung"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:48
+#: C/typography.page:50
msgid "Incorrect"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:48
+#: C/typography.page:50
msgid "Correct"
msgstr "Korrekt"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:48
+#: C/typography.page:50
msgid "Unicode to use"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:53
+#: C/typography.page:55
msgid "Quotation"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:53
+#: C/typography.page:55
msgid "\"quote\""
msgstr "»Zitat«"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:53
+#: C/typography.page:55
msgid "“quote”"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:53
+#: C/typography.page:55
msgid "U+201C LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK, U+201D RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:56
+#: C/typography.page:58
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Zeit"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:56
+#: C/typography.page:58
msgid "4:20"
msgstr "16:20"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:56
+#: C/typography.page:58
msgid "4∶20"
msgstr "16:20"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:56
+#: C/typography.page:58
msgid "U+2236 RATIO"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:59
+#: C/typography.page:61
msgid "Multiplication"
msgstr "Multiplikation"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:59
+#: C/typography.page:61
msgid "1024x768"
msgstr "1024x768"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:59
+#: C/typography.page:61
msgid "1024×768"
msgstr "1024×768"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:59
+#: C/typography.page:61
msgid "U+00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:62
+#: C/typography.page:64
msgid "Ellipsis"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:62
+#: C/typography.page:64
msgid "Introducing..."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:62
+#: C/typography.page:64
msgid "Introducing…"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:62
+#: C/typography.page:64
msgid "U+2026 HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:65
+#: C/typography.page:67
msgid "Apostrophe"
msgstr "Apostroph"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:65
+#: C/typography.page:67
msgid "The user's preferences"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:65
+#: C/typography.page:67
msgid "The user’s preferences"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:65
+#: C/typography.page:67
msgid "U+2019 RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:68
+#: C/typography.page:70
msgid "Bullet list"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:68
+#: C/typography.page:70
msgid "- One\\n- Two\\n- Three"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:68
+#: C/typography.page:70
msgid "• One\\n • Two\\n • Three"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:68
+#: C/typography.page:70
msgid "U+2022 BULLET"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:71
+#: C/typography.page:73
msgid "Ranges"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:71
+#: C/typography.page:73
msgid "June-July 1967"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:71
+#: C/typography.page:73
msgid "June–July 1967"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/typography.page:71
+#: C/typography.page:73
msgid "U+2013 EN DASH"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/ui-elements.page:13
+#: C/ui-elements.page:14
msgid "User interface elements"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:15
+#: C/ui-elements.page:16
msgid ""
"User interface elements are the building blocks for application interfaces. "
"The guidelines in this section are intended to help you get the details of "
@@ -8470,105 +9210,35 @@ msgid ""
"section."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:19
-msgid "<link xref=\"buttons\">Buttons</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"buttons\">Knöpfe</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:21
-msgid "<link xref=\"button-menus\">Button Menus</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:25
-msgid "<link xref=\"check-boxes\">Check boxes</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"check-boxes\">Ankreuzfelder</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:27
-msgid "<link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">Drop down lists</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">Auswahllisten</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:31
-msgid "<link xref=\"menus\">Menus</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"menus\">Menüs</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:33
-msgid "<link xref=\"menu-bars\">Menu bars</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"menu-bars\">Menüleisten</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:37
-msgid "<link xref=\"popovers\">Popovers</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:39
-msgid "<link xref=\"progress-bars\">Progress bars</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"progress-bars\">Fortschrittsbalken</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:43
-msgid "<link xref=\"progress-spinners\">Progress spinners</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:45
-msgid "<link xref=\"sliders\">Sliders</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"sliders\">Schieberegler</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:49
-msgid "<link xref=\"spin-boxes\">Spin boxes</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:51
-msgid "<link xref=\"switches\">Switches</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:55
-msgid "<link xref=\"radio-buttons\">Radio buttons</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:57
-msgid "<link xref=\"tabs\">Tabs</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"tabs\">Reiter</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:61
-msgid "<link xref=\"text-fields\">Text fields</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"text-fields\">Textfelder</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/ui-elements.page:63
-msgid "<link xref=\"toolbars\">Toolbars</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"toolbars\">Werkzeugleisten</link>"
-
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/view-switchers.page:16
+#: C/view-switchers.page:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+#| "md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/view-switcher.svg' "
-"md5='709975647d96c42479379c74f4bc34c3'"
+"md5='9cbb7e513e48f505ce15d67a9d44e833'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/view-switchers.page:7
+msgid "Toggle buttons that change the view, like tabs"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/view-switchers.page:14
+#: C/view-switchers.page:15
msgid "View switchers"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/view-switchers.page:18
+#: C/view-switchers.page:19
msgid ""
"A view switcher is a control that allows switching between a number of "
"predefined views. It appears as a set of toggle buttons that are placed in "
@@ -8576,12 +9246,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/view-switchers.page:23
+#: C/view-switchers.page:24
msgid "There are two primary cases when a view switcher is appropriate:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/view-switchers.page:26
+#: C/view-switchers.page:27
msgid ""
"When presenting content, and it is useful to be able to view different sets "
"or sub-sets of content. For example, a music application could show "
@@ -8589,14 +9259,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/view-switchers.page:27
+#: C/view-switchers.page:28
msgid ""
"If your application provides discrete groups of functionality which are "
"typically used independently."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/view-switchers.page:30
+#: C/view-switchers.page:31
msgid ""
"As a rule of thumb, a view switcher should contain between three and five "
"views. If you have more views, a <link xref=\"sidebar-lists\">sidebar list</"
@@ -8604,33 +9274,52 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/view-switchers.page:35
+#: C/view-switchers.page:36
msgid "Additional guidelines"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Richtlinien"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/view-switchers.page:38
+#: C/view-switchers.page:39
msgid "Each view should have a short and clear title."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/view-switchers.page:39
+#: C/view-switchers.page:40
msgid ""
"Buttons in the view switcher widget can indicate when there is activity in a "
"view."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/view-switchers.page:48
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkStack.html";
+"\">GtkStack</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/view-switchers.page:49
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkStackSwitcher.html";
+"\">GtkStackSwitcher</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/visual-layout.page:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/ui-elements/sliders.svg' "
+#| "md5='88426d7d09e03a828b136a61b0d4046c'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/visual-alignment-incorrect.svg' "
-"md5='0d49b9a0859b61c44907e5383eb1548e'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='d9dbdd27f8309e13ca2b7d71f51c0ca2'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
@@ -8638,11 +9327,16 @@ msgstr ""
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/visual-layout.page:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/touch/tap-and-hold.svg' "
+#| "md5='758a756e51dcdc6790ad8d6dfec30a61'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/visual-alignment-correct.svg' "
-"md5='e3c39ae2afd325d6d472b81e335c161a'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='c918add24fa74f4eda5cde1c0ec61163'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
@@ -8650,11 +9344,16 @@ msgstr ""
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/visual-layout.page:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/icons/inverting.svg' "
+#| "md5='e4155d9e87e2abe95e70c42185686b5e'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/visual-alignment-spacing.svg' "
-"md5='b03186d63d106a76bb8485b3f858146f'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='66643d65d5c1359f986331ee691410d6'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
@@ -8662,11 +9361,16 @@ msgstr ""
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/visual-layout.page:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/icons/inverting.svg' "
+#| "md5='e4155d9e87e2abe95e70c42185686b5e'"
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/label-alignment.svg' "
-"md5='54434a2a98b7d7dda18baac74b94f51d'"
-msgstr ""
+"md5='a55236576c454a29127913bf6fc6335e'"
+msgstr "original"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/visual-layout.page:23
@@ -8811,27 +9515,37 @@ msgid ""
"respect."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/writing-style.page:26
+msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/writing-style.page:28
+msgid "2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/writing-style.page:37
msgid "Writing style"
msgstr "Schreibstil"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:28
+#: C/writing-style.page:39
msgid ""
"Text plays an important role in user interfaces. Take the time to ensure "
"that any text you use is clearly written and easy to understand."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:33
+#: C/writing-style.page:44
msgid ""
"Your main goal should be to ensure that text is easy to understand and quick "
"to read."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:36
+#: C/writing-style.page:47
msgid ""
"Keep text short and to the point. This improves speed of comprehension for "
"the user. It also reduces the expansion of text when translated (remember "
@@ -8839,7 +9553,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:37
+#: C/writing-style.page:48
msgid ""
"Do not shorten your text to the point of losing meaning. A three-word label "
"that provides clear information is better than a one-word label that is "
@@ -8848,7 +9562,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:38
+#: C/writing-style.page:49
msgid ""
"Use words, phrases, and concepts that are familiar to the people who will be "
"using your application, rather than terms from the underlying system. This "
@@ -8859,111 +9573,188 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:39
+#: C/writing-style.page:50
msgid ""
"Use the standard GNOME terms when referring to parts of the user interface, "
-"such as ‘pointer’ and ‘window’. You can find a full list of these in the "
-"GNOME Documentation Style Guide, Recommended Terminology."
+"such as ‘pointer’ and ‘window’. The HIG can be used as a reference in this "
+"regard."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:40
+#: C/writing-style.page:51
msgid "Avoid repetition where possible."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/writing-style.page:46
+#: C/writing-style.page:57
msgid "Capitalization"
msgstr "Großschreibung"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:48
+#: C/writing-style.page:59
msgid ""
"Two styles of capitalization are used in GNOME user interfaces: header "
"capitalization and sentence capitalization."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/writing-style.page:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Capitalization"
+msgid "Header capitalization"
+msgstr "Großschreibung"
+
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:50
+#: C/writing-style.page:64
msgid ""
"Header capitalization should be used for any headings, including header bar "
"headings and page, tab and menu titles. It should also be used for short "
"control labels that do not normally form proper sentences, such as button "
-"and switch labels and menu items."
+"labels, switch labels and menu items."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Sentence capitalization should be used for labels which form sentences or "
-"which run on to other text, including labels for check boxes, radio buttons, "
-"sliders, text entry boxes, field labels and combobox labels. Sentence "
-"capitalization should be used for explanatory or body text, such as that "
-"which is found in dialogs or notifications."
+#: C/writing-style.page:66 C/writing-style.page:84
+msgid "Capitalize the first letter of:"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/writing-style.page:55
-msgid "Header Capitalization"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:69
+msgid "All words with four or more letters."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Capitalize all words, except those with three or fewer letters. However, "
-"verbs of any length should be capitilized (such as “Be”, “Are”, “Is”, “See”, "
-"“Add”, and so on)."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:70
+msgid "Verbs of any length, such as “Be”, “Are”, “Is”, “See” and “Add”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:71
+msgid "The first and last word."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:72
+msgid "Hyphenated words; for example: “Self-Test” or “Post-Install”."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:59
+#: C/writing-style.page:75
msgid ""
"For example: “Create a Document”, “Find and Replace”, “Document Cannot Be "
"Found”."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/writing-style.page:64
-msgid "Sentence Capitalization"
-msgstr ""
+#: C/writing-style.page:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Capitalization"
+msgid "Sentence capitalization"
+msgstr "Großschreibung"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:66
+#: C/writing-style.page:82
msgid ""
-"Capitalize the first letter of the first word and any other words normally "
-"capitalized in sentences, such as proper nouns."
+"Sentence capitalization should be used for labels that form sentences or "
+"that run on to other text, including labels for check boxes, radio buttons, "
+"sliders, text entry boxes, field labels and combobox labels. It should also "
+"be used for explanatory or body text, such as in dialogs or notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:87
+msgid "The first word."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:88
+msgid "Any words normally capitalized in sentences, such as proper nouns."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:68
+#: C/writing-style.page:91
msgid ""
"For example: “The document cannot be found in this location.” “Finding "
"results for London.”"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/writing-style.page:74
+#: C/writing-style.page:97
msgid "Ellipses (…)"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:76
+#: C/writing-style.page:99
msgid ""
-"Use an ellipsis (…) at the end of a label if the action requires further "
-"input from the user before it can be carried out. For example, <gui>Save As…"
-"</gui>, <gui>Find…</gui> or <gui>Rename…</gui>."
+"Use an ellipsis (…) at the end of a label if further input or confirmation "
+"is required from the user before the action can be carried out. For example, "
+"<gui>Save As…</gui>, <gui>Find…</gui> or <gui>Delete…</gui>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/writing-style.page:78
+#: C/writing-style.page:103
msgid ""
-"Do not add an ellipsis to commands like <gui>Properties</gui> or "
+"Do not add an ellipsis to labels such as <gui>Properties</gui> or "
"<gui>Preferences</gui>. While these commands open windows that can "
-"incorporate further functionality, the label does not specify a particular "
-"action, and therefore does not need to communicate that further input is "
+"incorporate further functionality, the label does not specify an action, and "
+"therefore does not need to communicate that further input or confirmation is "
"required."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Getting started"
+#~ msgstr "Erste Schritte"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Zielgruppe"
+
+#~ msgid "Version"
+#~ msgstr "Version"
+
+#~ msgid "Open a document"
+#~ msgstr "Ein Dokument öffnen"
+
+#~ msgid "Save the current document"
+#~ msgstr "Das aktuelle Dokument speichern"
+
+#~ msgid "Print the current document"
+#~ msgstr "Das aktuelle Dokument drucken"
+
+#~ msgid "Undo the last operation"
+#~ msgstr "Die letzte Operation rückgängig machen"
+
+#~ msgid "Add a bookmark for the current location"
+#~ msgstr "Ein Lesezeichen für den aktuellen Ort hinzufügen"
+
+#~ msgid "Insert"
+#~ msgstr "Einfügen"
+
+#~ msgid "Help"
+#~ msgstr "Hilfe"
+
+#~ msgid "<link xref=\"check-boxes\">Check boxes</link>"
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"check-boxes\">Ankreuzfelder</link>"
+
+#~ msgid "<link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">Drop down lists</link>"
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">Auswahllisten</link>"
+
+#~ msgid "<link xref=\"menu-bars\">Menu bars</link>"
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"menu-bars\">Menüleisten</link>"
+
+#~ msgid "<link xref=\"progress-bars\">Progress bars</link>"
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"progress-bars\">Fortschrittsbalken</link>"
+
+#~ msgid "<link xref=\"sliders\">Sliders</link>"
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"sliders\">Schieberegler</link>"
+
+#~ msgid "<link xref=\"tabs\">Tabs</link>"
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"tabs\">Reiter</link>"
+
+#~ msgid "<link xref=\"text-fields\">Text fields</link>"
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"text-fields\">Textfelder</link>"
+
+#~ msgid "<link xref=\"toolbars\">Toolbars</link>"
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"toolbars\">Werkzeugleisten</link>"
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Articles: a, an, the."
#~ msgstr "%s, Messages %d-%d"
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
